Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout026-040-00926-04-9 Angel & Helen Martinez 6830 Upper Palermo Rd., Palermo , Permit #426-80B(new pri,yd4 garagel 026-040-009 06-1685 FLICKINGER, NICK 6830 UPPER PALERMO RD, PALERMO _ Cont: FREEDOM HOMES t: ` MH PE F (NEW) Icky B07-1687II 026-040-009 - L: RESIDENTIAL SFD-Mobile Home PFS ANEW MH, PERM FND, EX S1T 1484 t �} .JE (' ) 6830 UPPER PALERMO RD� 97j •'�� FLICKINGER, WENDOLYN & NIC L, - r 1 i i h 1 Y I' .f A I 1 7 , i �I �I � BUTTE COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES BUILDING PERMIT 24 HOUR INSPECTION #:(530) 538-7636 (OROVILLE) (530) 891-2834 (CHICO) OFFICE #:(530) 538-7541 FAX#: (530) 538-2140 WEBSITE: www.buttecounty.net\dds PROJECT INFORMATION Site Address: 6830 UPPER PALERMO RD Owner: Permit No: B07-1687 APN: 026-040-009 FLICKINGER, WENDOLYN & N Issued Date: 09/06/2007 By TMP Permit type: RESIDENTIAL 6830 UPPER PALERMO RD Subtype: SFD-Mobile Home PFS OROVILLE, CA 95966 Expiration Date: 09/05/2008 Description: NEW MH, PERM FND, EX SITE (14: (530) 532-0913 Occupancy: R-3 Zoning: Q1 Contractor Applicant: Square Footage: MOBILEHOMES 4 LESS MOBILEHOMES 4 LESS Building Garage Remdl/Addn 6404 COUNTY ROAD 27 6404 COUNTY ROAD 27 1,484 ORLAND, CA 95963 ORLAND, CA 95963 Other Porch/Patio Total (530)865-6420 (530)865-6420 1,484 FEE INFORMATION DBEH Building Review Fee $75.70 DBF MH Plan Check $233.56 DBMSC Mobile Home Permit Fee. $350.34 DBSMIP Residential $9.65 Total Charged: $669.25 Fees Paid: $669.25 Balance Due: $0.00 Receipt No: B4533 LICENSED CONTRACTOR'S DECLARATION OWNER / BUILDER DECLARATION Contractor (Name) State Contractors License No. / Class / Expires I HEREBY AFFIRM UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY that I am exempt from the Contractor's License MOBILEHOMES 4 LESS 896705 / C 47 / 05/31/2009 Law for the following reason (Sec. 7031.5), Business and Professions Code: Any city or county that requires a permit to construct, alter, improve, demolish, or repair any structure prior to its issuance, also requires the applicant for such permit to file a signed statement that he or she is licensed I HEREBY AFFIRM UND ENALTY OF PERJURY that I am licensed under provisions of Chapter 9 (commencing on 00) of 'vision 3 of the Business and Professions Code, and my license pursuant to the provisions of the Contractor's License Law [Chapter 9 (commencing with Section 7000) is imf.11frct . of Division 3 of the Business and Professions Code] or that he or she is exempt therefrom and the for the alleged exemption. Any violation of Section 7031.5 by any applicant for a permit subjects XW�,basis /�' r' V 09/06/2007 the applicant to a civil penalty of not more than five hundred dollars [$500]; Please check one of the following: Contractors gnature Date ElI, AS OWNER OF THE PROPERTY, OR MY EMPLOYEES WITH WAGES AS THEIR SOLE COMPENSATION, WILL DO THE WORK, AND THE STRUCTURE IS NOT INTENDED OR WORKERS' COMPENSATION DECLARATION OFFERED FOR SALE (Sec. 7044, Business and Professions Code: The Contractors License Law does not apply to an owner of the property, who builds or improves thereon, and who does I HEREBY AFFIRM UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY one of the following declarations: the work himself or herself or through his or her own employees, provided that such improvements ❑I HAVE AND WILL MAINTAIN A CERTIFICATE OF CONSENT TO SELF -INSURE FOR are not intended or offered for sale. If, however, the building or improvement is sold within one WORKERS' COMPENSATION, as provided for by Section 3700 of the Labor Code, for the year of completion, the owner -builder will have the burden of proof that he or she did not build or performance of the work for which this permit is issued. improve for the purpose of sale.). 1171I HAVE AND WILL MAINTAIN WORKER'S COMPENSATION I, AS OWNER OF THE PROPERTY, AM EXCLUSIVELY CONTRACTING WITH LICENSED INSURANCE, as required by CONTRACTORS TO CONSTRUCT THE PROJECT (Sec. 7044, Business and Provessions Code: ,:IJ Section 3700 of the Labor Code, for the performance of the work for which this permit is issued. The Contractors License Law dows not apply to an owner of the property who builds or improves My Workers' Compensation insurance carrier and policy number are; thereon, and who contracts for the projects with a contractor(s) licensed pursuant to the STATE FUND 1838439 04/01/2008 Carrier: Policy Number: Exp. Date: Contractors License Law.). (This section nee not a competed if the permit s or an7 a hid dollars ($100) or less.) ❑ 1 AM EXEMPT under Section B. & P.C. for this reason: ❑1 CERTIFY THAT IN THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK FOR WHICH THIS PERMIT IS ISSUED, I shall not employ any person in any manner so as to become subject to the Workers' ' Compensation laws of C omia, and agree that if I should become subject to the workers' X 09/06/2007 compensation provis' f Section 3700 of the Labor Code, I shall forthwith comply with those Owners Signature Date provisio 09/06/2007 I hereby certify that I have read this application and state that the above information is correct. I agree to comply with all City and County ordinances, rules, regulations, and State laws relating to building v Signature Date WARNING: F (LURE TO SECURE WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE IS UNLAWFUL, construction, and with any and all conditions of permit. I agree to defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Butte County, its officers, agents and employees from any and all claims and liability for personal AND SHALL SUBJECT AN EMPLOYER TO CRIMINAL PENALTIES AND CIVIL FINES UP TO ONE injury, including death, and properly damage caused arising out of, in any way connected with HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS $100,000 , IN ADDITION TO THE COST OF COMPENSATION, ( ) the issuance of this permit. I hereby acknowledge that issuance of this permit does not authorize the t is a DAMAGES AS PROVIDED FOR INSECTION 3706 OF THE LABOR CODE, INTEREST AND use or occupancy ofan sidewalk, street, or subsidewalk. I hereby authorize representatives of Butte ATTORNEY'S FEES. County toe a mentioned property for inspection purposes. I hereby certify that I am the Prope e a ut o act on the �property owner's behalf. 09/06/2007 CONSTRUCTION LENDING AGENCY 1 HEREBY AFFIRM UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY that there is a construction lending agency for N me of P ] - Frinr Date ee the performance of the work for which this permit is issued. (3097 civ. code) ❑ Owner 'D Contractor OR. ElAgent for Owner DAgent for Contractor FILE COPY Lenders Address City State Zip BUTTE COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION OFFICE #: (530) 538-7541 FAX #: (530) 538-2140 A FEE WILL BE REQUIRED AT TIIVIE OF APPLICATION Website: www.buttecounty.net/dds *"PLEASE PRINT CLEARLY--` CONTRACTOR OWNER INFORMATION Las ne G`I First Uame A-1 Maili es P O City MO F State L(q Zip 20,61 Phone '5320,93 Fax E-mail State License Number CONTRACTOR Name A Name Address iA 90 �, R , 2 City State Z� Zip 9.s9A Phone g/�/y:C) Faxg��� l� 1!LiCM4E'74 Fax Class G APPLICANT INFORMATION ARCHITECT/ENGINEER Name City Addtess Zip City Fax State F Phone Fax E-mail State License Number APPLICANT INFORMATION Name Address City State Zip Phone Fax E-mail 111M I -MIM -11 WE PERMIT NO. 607-16S7 B/IN # . f F TLE WORKER'S COMPENSATION Policy Number / -3 Carrier -5 E97251 If hiring anyone other than license contractors, a certificate of worker's compensation must be shown at the time of permit issuance. LENDING AGENCY Name Address DESCRIPTION OR SCOPE OF WORK: z u mzV t S . 2 TH Sq FT- Living Garage Open Cov ❑ Structure Built without Permits ❑ Proposed Change of Occupancy (Note previous use): For office use only: Zoning AFlood Zone SRA ves No Occ. Type Const. I � r Ra her Y*Ivty- ,Butte County Department of Development Services TIM SNELLINGS, DIRECTOR I PETE CALARCO, ASSISTANT DIRECTOR 7 County Center Drive Oroville, CA 95965 (530) 538-7601 Telephone (530) 538-2140 Fax www.buttecounty.net/dds PERMIT APPLICATION DATA SHEET Reference Number: B07-1687 Date: 08/06/2007 Location: 6830 UPPER PALERMO RD By: KCG Parcel.Number: 026-040-009 Sub Type: SFD-Mobile Home PI Owner Name: FLICKINGER, WENDOLYN & NICHOLA Phone: (530) 532-0913 Description: NEW MH, PERM FND, EX SITE (1484) The above permit application has the following Clearances required prior to permit issuance. Please contact each department indicated below regarding specific requirements pertaining to your permit application. Yes No DRAINAGE DISTRICTS ❑ ❑ Thermalito Irrigation District, 410 Grand Avenue, Oroville CA 95965 - (530) 533-0740 ❑ ❑ LOAPUD, 1960 Elgin Street, Oroville CA 95966 - (530) 533-2000 ■ ■ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑ City of Chico, 545 Vallombrosa, Chico CA 95926 - (530) 895-4711 PARKS & RECREATION DISTRICTS Chico Area Recreation District, 545 Vallombrosa, Chico CA 95926 - (530) 895-4711 Durham Park & Recreation District, 9447 Midway, Durham CA 95938 - (530) 345-1921 Feather River Recreaction & Park District, 1200 Myers Street, Oroville CA 95966 - (530) 533-2011 Paradise Parks & Recreation, 6626 Skyway, Paradise CA 95969 - (530) 872-6393 SCHOOL DISTRICTS Biggs Unified School District, 300 B Street, Biggs CA 95917 - (530) 868-1281 Chico Unified School District, 1163 East 7th Street, Chico CA 95926 - (530) 891-3006 Durham Unified School District, 4920 Putney Drive, Durham CA 95938 - (530) 895-4675 Gridley School District, 429 Magnolia, Gridley CA 95948 - (530) 846-4723 Marysville School District, 1919 B Street, Marysville CA 95901 - (530) 741-6000 Oroville Elementary School District, 2795 Yard Street, Oroville CA 95966 - (530) 532-3000 Oroville Union High, 2211 Washington Ave, Oroville CA 95966 - (530) 538-2300 Ext: 105 Paradise Unified School District, 6696 Clark Road, Paradise CA 95969 - (530) 872-6400 OTHER Recorded copy of Agricultural Acknowledgment Statement- See Attached Instructions City of Biggs Planning Department, 3016 Sixth Street Biggs CA 95917 - (530) 868-5447 Other: k,4P(n r* hrm i .4ti L- l l i Other: Other: ee1%1Z?1'94 Signature of Property Owner: FILE Date: 08/06/2007 Butte County Department of Public Works J. MICHAEL CRUMP, DIRECTOR LAND DEVELOPMENT DIVISION Storm Water Managment Program 7 County Center Drive Oroville, CA 95965 (530) 538-7266 Telephone (530) 538-7171 Fax www.buttecounty.net/dds National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Phase II Construction Storm Water Permit and Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Acknowledgment [LESS THAN 1 ACRE 1 Reference Number: B07-1687 Date: 08/06/2007 Location: 6830 UPPER PALERMO RD By: KCG Parcel Number: 026-040-009 Owner Name: FLICKINGER, WENDOLYN & NICHOLA Description: NEW MH, PERM FND, EX SITE (1484) Sub Type: SFD-Mobile Home PI Phone: (530)532-0913 By signing below, I the project owner/owners' agent, certify that this project WILL NOT DISTURB 1 acre or more of land and that I therefore, do not need to apply for a Construction Storm Water Permit from the State of California Regional Water Quality Control Board. Phased projects that contain multiple site buildouts of less than one acre but when combined with subsequent phases total more than one acre of disturbed soil will require a Construction Storm Water Permit from the state of California Regional Water Quality Board. I am aware that submitting false and/or inaccurate information or failure to apply for a Construction Storm Water Permit from the State of California Regional Water Quality Control Board for this project that disturbes one acre or more of land may result in revocation of grading and/or other permits or other santions provided by law. Signed: Title: FILE Date: 08/06/2007 Butte County Department of Development Services TIM SNELLINGS, DIRECTOR I PETE CALARCO, ASSISTANT DIRECTOR 7 County Center Drive Oroville, CA 95965 (530) 538-7601 Telephone (530) 538-2140 Fax www.buttecounty.net/dds NOTICE TO BUILDERS Before your building permit can be issued, your plans must be checked for compliance with the California Building Codes. In addition, your plans are routed to other regulatory entities including but not limited to Planning, Public Works, Environmental Health, and the California Department of Forestry for their clearances and approvals. There are some things you can do to expedite your permit: 0 Make sure your application is complete. 0 Be responsive to requests from County departments for any additional materials or requirements. The Building Division places its highest priority on processing building permits as quickly as possible and each day that passes without a complete application adds to processing time. Every permit issued by the Building Official shall expire and become null and void if the work authorized by such permit is not started or completed within one year from the date of issuance of such permit. A permit may be renewed (for a fee) prior to expiration an indefinite number of times, provided construction progress has been documented by the Building Division during each year during scheduled inspections. No changes may be made in the original plans and specifications for such work. In order to reinstate action on a permit after expiration, the permittee shall pay a new full permit fee and additional plan checking and documentation may be required. Upon completion of work covered by this permit, please contact this office for final inspection. As a reminder to you, it is illegal to occupy this building or any portion of the building for which this permit is issued without a final inspection. EXPIRATION OF PERMIT APPLICATION AND REFUND POLICY Application for which a permit has not been issued will expire one year after date of application. Refunds may only be made upon written request by the person who originally paid the fees. Refunds for permit applications (not yet issued) must be requested within two years from the date of fee payment. Fees paid at the time of application are for Plan Check and administration. The Plan Check portion of fees is refundable only if the permit is cancelled or withdrawn before any plan checking is done. Building Division costs will be deducted prior to authorizing a refund and a charge of $54.99 to process the refund application will be assessed. Refunds on permits (issued) may be requested prior to the expiration of the permit, provided no work has been done pursuant to the permit. An Inspection may be required (and deducted from any refund amount) to determine no work was done. Fee/refund information can be read on-line at http://municipalcodes.lexisnexis.com/codesibutteco/ Reference Number: B07-1687 Date: 08/06/2007 Location: 6830 UPPER PALERMO RD Parcel Number: 026-040-009 Owner Name: FLICKINGER, WENDOLYN & NICHOLA Phone: (530) 532-0913 Description: NEW MH, PERM FND, EX SITE (1484) Cb/Y%?�I5° Signature of Property Owner: Date: 08/06/2007 FILE BUTTE COUNTY FEE SUMMARY 7 County Center Drive Oroville, CA 95965 Department of Development Services Phone (530) 538-7541 Fax (530) 538-2140 Permit Number: B07-1687 Job Address: 6830 UPPER PALERMO RD Contractor: MOBILEHOMES 4 LESS 6404 COUNTY ROAD 27 ORLAND, CA 95963 Printed: 08/06/2007 3:13 pm Fee Description Account Number Fee Amount Paid Date Pmt Amt DBEH Building Review Fee 0021-540013-4614901-1010 $75.70 08/06/2007 $75.70 DBMSC Mobile Home Permit Fee. 0010-440001-4210500-1010 $350.34 DBF MH Plan Check 0010-440001-4210500-1010 $233.56 08/06/2007 $233.56 DBSMIP Residential 1001-0-280-1011298 $9.65 669.25 $309.26 Printed By: Kourtni Graham Balance Due: $359.99 At the time of permit application, I was advised the above fees are required prior to issuance of the permit. These fe can ring the plan checking process. Signature- ,�!/✓�� Date: 08/06/2007 Pursuant to Government code Section 66020, you are hereby notified those items listed above may have been imposed on your project. You have 90 days from the date of approval of the project or from the impostion of the above referenced items during which you may request a protest. The requirments for a protest are specified in Government Code Section 66020(a). AND WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO: BUTTE COUNTY BUILDING DIVISION 7 COUNTY CENTER DRIVE OROVILLE, CA 9S965 111111111111111111111111111111111 0007-0039567 Recorded I Official of 1 Count of ButteI Ci1mm L OR1= I County Clerk-Recorderl I 81:3713N8B-�7 I ITEC FEE 7.N COIIFORl4ED COPY 1.00 KL Page 1 of 1 AGRICULTURAL STATEMENT OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT FOR RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT Section 26-8 of the Butte County Code required this acknowledgment to be recorded prior to issuance of a building permit The property described herein is adjacent to land or included within an area zoned for agricultural purposes, and residents of this property may be subject to inconveniences or discomfort from the use of agricultural chemicals, including, but not limited to herbicides, pesticides, and fertilizers; and from the pursuit of agricultural operations including, but not limited to cultivation, plowing, spraying, pruning, and harvesting which occasionally generate dust, smoke, noise, and odor. Butte County has established agricultural purposes and residents within said zones and on adjacent property should be prepared to accept such inconvenience or discomfort from normal, necessary farm operations. All that real property situate in the County of Butte, State of California, described as follows: THE NORTH HALF OF LOT 5 IN BLOCK 88, AS SHOWN ON THAT CERTAIN MAP ENTITLED, 'MAP OF PALERMO AND SUBDIVISIONS 1 AND 2 WITH ADDITION TO NO. 1 OF THE PALERMO CITRUS TRACT', WHICH MAP WAS FILED IN THE l�L OFFICE OF THE RECORDER OF THE COUNTY OF BUTTE, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, SEOTEMBER 17, 1888. Date 91a Loy PROPERTY OWNERS: State of California ) �V ,t) -cG h v les A. F� " � County o[1Q. ) /`l r On'11►�.�sc \111V, %ft N -` before me, personally appeared Worhi....\<<�,..a�� personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the rson(s) whose name(s) Ware subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged'to me that 4w/sWthey executed the same In. or/their authorized capacity(les), and that byLisAmWtheir signature(s) on the instrument, the person(s) or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my handAnd oftlelal seal. / Signature a= :7 9JM4 i Seal: 4 IwN FEUERSTEIN A.P. 9 0 Ado — d Lko,- 009 comrro.s�on.,,.oe2s �r Pubuc-Ceiifomh Bldg No. MISCELLANEOUS BUILDING PtECOnD 9z ,4 .1- , 3 1 IE e,) i)ESY,'RIPTION OF DUILDIN6,C; a t j Second Story Year Est ri Structure A�. Size Fount/. Wall 8 Exterior Type GA c Go v & r rlaur n error B or Loft Bui lt LIIeti C. '7 6 o (7 C. Ak M. 1), On 1 0 C) el 19 L, Al. I Bldg. At,r). Ar&u Ur) i -t ro S f Cos? 6ond c il Ad P i I TA TV n N Appraiser -Date '7 C. N.cosyR. 1, 19 -3 6 ....0ost co�it0 ___J jv, 1)I_ 1, -2 6. 00 _­­­ - 06 '7 6 o (7 C. Ak M. 1), On 1 0 C) el 19 L, Al. I Bldg. At,r). Ar&u Ur) i -t ro S f Cos? 6ond 3 5°0 q 3 6n 5-C) c) z e 0 75- 1 5 0� n Total Appraiser Dote 111d Ar&a -1. te 19 _t 1—n n� C. N. _n l,_N_Q_-_ /9 Tj -Lim- 6, oL)LI __L._1V_D;_ At - 0 c) 1, 9 unit R. C. Ak Cost V_ _tett..I N—L 19 -Qn­H-- ..�fds_ Y., ------------ 605 BUTTE COUNTY DEVELOPMENT FEE CERTIFICATION FORM ATHER RIVER RECREATION AND PARK DISTRICT (FRRPD) ❑ CHICO AREA RECREATION AND PARK DISTRICT (CARD) ❑ PARADISE RECREATION AND PARK DISTRICT (PRPD) ❑ DURHAM RECREATION AND PARK DISTRICT (DRPD) Assessor Parcel Nurnber js) ���--� Building Permit Number07 C �Y J i Property Owner (s)� Z Project Location /Address Subdivision Name - 'i Assessable Sq. Ftge Type of Residential Development (check one) New Development Single Family -Detached Single Family -Attached Alteration/Addition(s) Non -Residential to Residential Multi -Family Dwelling Mobile home ?/Mobile home replacement !/verified by Assessor Department Demo Permit (date issued I ) _ vverified by Building Department Comments: ❑ FRRPD 0 CARD ❑ PRPD ❑ DRPD certifies that: Applicant Name Phone Number Mailing Address City State Zip Has complied with requirements of the Butte County Board of Supervisors Resolution No. by Payment of: Dwelling Units @ $ Square Feet @ $ _ Remarks: Paid by Check No: Paid by Cash: Recreation and Park District per unit for a total of $ per sq foot for a total of $ Receipt No: a.. BUTTE COUNTY DEVELOPMENT SERVICES -BUILDING DIVISION 7 COUNTY CENTER DRIVE, OROVILLE CERTIFICATION OF EXISTING SQUARE FOOTAGE r School District Oran1,)n0 AP #0,2� —Z)�9 Owner's Name Property Locat Square Footage Ss 7�� 21residential ❑ Commercial ❑ Demo permit issued (Date issued ) Z�-Mobile home replaced 094erified by Building Department Records C�Verified by Assessor Department Records Building Department Representative • ,. eR/ W. 080019 vr„ ;�— r+���. ;. p. �. r:,:^.'l ,: ,.1..r : i- ti.::a. .'„' � -7-4 •" ..t }'• .. '. ,, .. � 'ti , i • , ..T:.. N i , µ1 1. BUTTE COUNTY SCHOOLS IMPACT FEE CERTIFICATION FORM (One form per Building) School District i �/ Building Department No. A.P. Number Property Owner Property Location/Address Subdivision Tax Rate Area No. Jurisdiction: City County Residential Development No.oLiving Mobile Home Units Installation Commercial/Industrial 0 New Addition ing District Identification No. Lot No. ................................................................................................... 0 Addition/ 'Supplemental to Conversion Permit # "(No foundation inspection) € i..................................................................................................: Sq. Footage (Group R) Cr. Demo - ( ) existing sq. ft. see attached Net total sq. ft. Deed Restricted Sq. Footage (Attach a signed copy of Deed Restriction and Notice of Limited Use Facility document) Sq. Footage Date (Including Exterior Roofed Areas) School District certifies that (/l� e hA,) L! Y\ F i CFS i n (Payor) GD b93\,) \A oge r Ka Erma CA QSIvS (Street Address) (City) (State) (Zip Code) (Phone Number) has complied with the requirements of Re olution No. s' t /q representing 1P square feet. School District Representative Paid by Check # Remarks: by payment of $ B 2926 $ FULL MITIGATION $ ?/,D:, 1 0 -7 Date OVA MN WAS 51 Notice: You may protest the imposition of the fees identified above by submitting a written protest to the District, in compliance with Government Code Section 66020(a), within 90 days from the date fees are paid. Failure to submit a timely written protest will prohibit you from challenging the imposition of the fees in any court action. If, subsequent to the School District Representative signing this Butte County Schools Impact Fee Certification Form, the School District is notified by the applicable Local Planning Agency that this project is being reviewed under the California Environmental Quality Act (CEQA), this project may be subject to additional school fees to fully mitigate its impact on the school district's schools. White (school district), Yellow (building department), Pink (applicant) feeform.xls (12/06)dmm -• �•__ V.'1.1 -oU 001 1U41 liiLl GUJ.LUAIL•I< 6LXVIUL, L0005 RECORDING REQUESTED BY MAIL TAX STATEMENT TO MR. ANGEL MARTINEZ 6830 UPPER PALERMO ROAD OROVILLE, CA 95966 WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO Name I I Street Same As Above Address City 6 state 2100 1 ---04y 1 8527 Recorded Official yyRecords CoBUTTE f CANDACE J. GRUBBS Recorder ROSEMARY DICKSON Assistant 11:34AM 04—May-2001 REC FEE ' 7.00 PENALTY 3,00 Alyce Page 1 of 1 SPACE ABOVE RECORDER'S USE ON!Y AP: 026-04-0-009-0 DEED OF GIFT it �10 This Deed, made the 41" day of April, two thousand and one Between ANGEL MARTINEZ, a single man, Grantor and WENDOLYN FLICKINGER and NICHOLAS FLICKINGER JR., both as Joint Tenants, Grantee Witnesseth: That the Grantor, for and in consideration of the love, and affection which he has for the Grantee, does by these presents gift, give, and grant unto the Grantee, and to their heirs and assigns, forever, all that certain lot 5 , piece or parcel of land situated in the unincorporated area of the County of Butte, State of California, and bounded and described as follows: THE NORTH HALF OF LOT 5 IN BLOCK 88, AS SHOWN ON THAT CERTAIN MAP ENTITLED, MAP OF PALERMO AND SUBDIVISIONS 1 AND 2 WITH ADDITION TO NO, 1 OF THE PALERMO CITRUS TRACT", WHICH MAP WAS FILED IN THE OFFICE OF THE RECORDER OF THE COUNTY OF BUTTE, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, SEPTEMBER 17, 1888. Together with the tenements, hereditaments, and appurtenances thereunto belonging or appertaining, and the reversion and reversions, remainder and remainders, rents, Issues and profits thereof. To have'and to hold the said premises, together with the appurtenances, unto the Grantee, and their heirs and assigns forever. Dated !vu Q1 s N ANGEL MARTINEZ rn S , W STATE OF CALIFORNIA m 07 V cp p County of BUTTE S.S. F Q p 4 E 6o `g on 4/4/01 before me, SHARIN L. MILLER the undersigned, a Notary Public In and for said State z personally appeared ANGEL MARTINEZ personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis ` of satlsfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose name(s) le/are subscribed to the within Instrument and acknowledged to f me that he/she/they executed the same In his/her/thetr authorized capacity(les), and that by his/ her/their signature(s) on the Instrument the person(s) or the entity upon behalf of which the person(a) acted executed the Instrument. COUNW�TNESS my hand and official seat. A1IC n fZSjFSrqre _ -- I 'A,` (This area for official notarial seal) VW Gy— L.001 MAIL TAX STATEMENT AS DIRECTED ABOVE DEVELOPMENT SERVICES BUTTE COUNTY Butte County e iMing DiviSEal� MANUFACTURED HOME SUPPORT DOXl 0 6 2007 EEN.TLor�ENx Owner's name:_;a I ci /_WA,EA d sERdICEs A. P.* 02�_nlE . � Home Manufacturer: LI Manufacture Year: 2.07 Model Number /Name: 2 d 4 � �r/iY � Width: z �y (ft,) Length:_, f]�(ft, ). FOOTINGS: Wood - pressure treated or.foundation grade[ ] Other:[XJ 1913 S R9.Dj SUPPORTS: Concrete block [ ] Other:A r&E ,P —Spq Provide manufacturer's installation manual, support blocking requirements and state approved or engineered foundation or tie down system specifications. Pier Footing Sizes and Locations SINGLE WIDE Line 1 —�® — ----- Line 2 �� Section 1 Line1►-- ... ------------............... -------------- ----------------- Section 2 Section 3 MULTI -WIDE Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 2 Line 4 (triple wide only) Line 2 Line 1 Piers: Snow Loa psf Mir.im,�m size iters: u p,� g2- Snow Load requirements may be obtained at Spacing maximum: http://www.upstate-ca.com/butte/butte county/ From ends maximum: z http://Fwww.upstate-c--a.com/butte/butte #, view snow load in lower right corner. Line 2 Piers: Minimum size piers: Spacing maximum: From ends maximum Line 3 Roof Loads: Minimum size piers: ` Location (from front): Minimum size piers: Location (continued): Line 4 Roof Loads: Minimum size piers: Location (from front): it'lliiif i ilei i i size piers. - Location (continued): X( V -T .0 Line 1 Ooenings: Minimum size pier:.[ ] X[ ] Re uired at each side of openings over ' " wide. ,v MASTER BEDROOM -J-494 SQ. FT Q°TK)-•. mnsvM arc. VING oor RIOOM ` STUDY 10P1 .,H 80;I LLL �Cr- 10'. t2 --)- L L LL 3BR. 2BA. STUDY, CORNER OVAL TUB oo, RZE�' 'sA il 000as. °°nc-AL a&SEO' evr 84ur, FOR 28.0.0 YO Nwm.s3uc, 9 SECOND BEDROp i1-a-�,7-r 28606p Perm F%lu I red I P PO rch i,5 not- Pac- cF-+he owo4ae fowl tbMe frcrn +he fQ&V .U7,r FOURTH. BE. �.x ►ROOM Ov n0, ..,L e&sfr,ea Baty cpq 2Bo0a0 A�vMVIR?.Opf �MgR — LL I oO^�`�^t w�Trfn 8,.n. tav FOR 28oar `.tiEw ETnRr p so -o- 1 $ OVAL ne 60 . L EQTCHLL DINING Ool LL LKiTr. EN. io•s .17-10' L�� ' LL L RETREAT L I 31_LL --- LLL L LL ILLL L� LL w \ LLL OVSb*^O MASTER BEDROOM -J-494 SQ. FT Q°TK)-•. mnsvM arc. VING oor RIOOM ` STUDY 10P1 .,H 80;I LLL �Cr- 10'. t2 --)- L L LL 3BR. 2BA. STUDY, CORNER OVAL TUB oo, RZE�' 'sA il 000as. °°nc-AL a&SEO' evr 84ur, FOR 28.0.0 YO Nwm.s3uc, 9 SECOND BEDROp i1-a-�,7-r 28606p Perm F%lu I red I P PO rch i,5 not- Pac- cF-+he owo4ae fowl tbMe frcrn +he fQ&V .U7,r FOURTH. BE. �.x ►ROOM Ov n0, ..,L e&sfr,ea Baty cpq 2Bo0a0 A�vMVIR?.Opf �MgR 0 M -SUPPORT PIER/TYP. LOADING 20 RSF SOUTH ZONE -4260 30 PSF fA.IDDLE ZONE -484C FOOTING SIZE - 20x20x4 .............................. .CENTER UNE PIERS - .. 20 PSF 30 PSF F00,nNG 1 14-90- 1940.' 16jcll6x4 x4 Dim -)/--)V 4250 zOx2C WIDTH. OF UN1Y(S)-0 I—BEAM UTILITY INLETS APPROX. FROM REAR Z-0 0 TRANSVERSE FLOOR JOISTS 35*-4*� 99 P5' EXCEPT MANUFACTURED IN V& WATER 39'-:- 'U' 7* -4-56'-07 6x4 ELECT 3!?* -1 -U- 75V2 - TYP. 2' GAS .CENTER UNE PIERS - .. 20 PSF 30 PSF F00,nNG 1 14-90- 1940.' 16jcll6x4 x4 Dim -)/--)V 4250 zOx2C WIDTH. OF UN1Y(S)-0 I—BEAM 3- Z-0 0 TRANSVERSE FLOOR JOISTS 35*-4*� 99 P5' EXCEPT MANUFACTURED IN V& 3814- 7* -4-56'-07 6x4 413W 75V2 - TYP. 2' 293'4" r0i 0 13'-7" 31'-11 55'-4' 2 2 3 16-5 -------- tx 3' 7--4` 7--4- 56--( dx TYP. 12- t Un o 20'-7' 31'-6 38'-� im A .CENTER UNE PIERS - .. 20 PSF 30 PSF F00,nNG 1 14-90- 1940.' 16jcll6x4 x4 Dim -)/--)V 4250 zOx2C WIDTH. OF UN1Y(S)-0 I—BEAM 3- ::log -0 1410 16xl TRANSVERSE FLOOR JOISTS 29V4•- 99 P5' EXCEPT MANUFACTURED IN V& 3814- Q�cf- REWSED -To NEW - FOQAPAT 6x4 .CENTER UNE PIERS - .. 20 PSF 30 PSF F00,nNG 1 14-90- 1940.' 16jcll6x4 x4 Dim -)/--)V 4250 zOx2C WIDTH. OF UN1Y(S)-0 I—BEAM 3- ::log -0 1410 16xl TRANSVERSE FLOOR JOISTS 29V4•- 99 P5' EXCEPT MANUFACTURED IN V& 3814- Q�cf- REWSED -To NEW - FOQAPAT LONGITIUOINAL FLOOR JOISTS 413W -4 oil A Ilk, 0 BU—T I'd C7 - SUIL77)r�G, 01vis, PIER SPACING ACROSS Dim Dim WIDTH. OF UN1Y(S)-0 I—BEAM OSI Is[ TRANSVERSE FLOOR JOISTS 29V4•- 99 P5' EXCEPT MANUFACTURED IN V& 3814- 824T LONGITIUOINAL FLOOR JOISTS 413W 75V2 - EXCEPT MANUFACTURED IN OR: 293'4" E w PIER PLAN NOTES PIER PLAN 28b060F F 7 REFERENCE HOME WSTALLATION- MANUAL FOR OPTIONAL -. I.: PIER SPACING 6c LOADING ALL RECOMMENCLIED FOOTING SIZES FOR 2000 PSF SOIL ALL CIMS. - ARE: F ROM REAR..: UNLESS.:OMMAIISE INDICATED'. - PIER PLAN 28b060F F 7 11 M M2 Fo 6ndatfoon System Installation Instructions for California for Ground & *Concrete Systems HUD Wind Zone 1,, 15 PSF Wind Load Seismic 4 .By Tie Down Engineering X Xi2 Ground System A2 Concrete Sy% t@ 0 6 2007 DEVELOPMENT SERVICES E. S S C) IL3 r -Z1 'cp V I Engineer, Approval State Approval MANUFACTU . REID HONIMIO13ME HOW FOUNDATION'SYSTEM' HE LTH AND SAFETY'COI)B. SECTION 19531 APPROVED SUBJECT TO CORRECTIONS NOTED APT'ROYAL ROBS NQT.ALITHORIZE OR APPROVE.A, 'NY TOMISSIONS OR DEVIATION FROM REQUIREMENTS OF APIPLICAKS STATE LAWS AND REGULATIONS St to of California OPCO AND STANDARDS SPA MP1=AppmdExp1m 3UILDING DIVISM APPROVEDPage 1 of 8 0. T5, .................................... . . . ........................................ P, 0N n Drive - Atlanta GA, 30336 t Xi2 Foundation System Installation Instructions for California for Ground & Concrete Systems HUD Wind Zone 1, 15 PSF Wind Load Seismic 4 By Tie Down Engineering REQUIREMENTS • These plans and specifications meet the requirements of Title 25 Section 1336.3 Sub Section A and 97 UBC Seismic Requirem,nts, CBC 2001 addition. • Maximum vertical projection at sidewall is 9'. Higher walls may be used when the design loads are adjusted accordingly and approved by HUD. • Main rail spacing must be 75.5" - 99.5" * Except single sections 95" minimum • Additional vertical anchor ties that are unique to a home's design may be required by the home manufacturer. These locations may include shear walls, marriage line ridge beam support posts, and rim plates. The longitudinal component of the Xi2 system replaces end frame ties. Check manufacturers set-up requirements. • Maximum pier height is 48" pier. *Except for single sections 36". • Steel piers must be fastened to the I-beam with clamps provided with steel pier. • Systems nust be placed as evenly as possible, no more than 10' from end of home. • Designed 1br 7:12 roof slope. *Except single sections, (20'- 4.37 in. 12" pitch). Additional Requirements for Concrete Systems • Poured concrete must be 2,500 PSI minimum at 28 days. Square coicrete pads minimum is 18" wide by 12" deep. Round concrete pads minimum is 18" wide by 14" deep. Strip footings minimum is 18" wide by 14' long by 6" deep. * Xi2 components exceed HUD code 3280.306g "Anchoring equipment exposed to weathering shall have a resistance to weather deterioration at least equivalent to that provided by a coating of zinc on steel of not less than 0.30 ounces per square foot o- surface coating...." Page 2 of 8 Iz!-F� 57�o%j m 0 0 0 0 . . ............... ry„y��� Butte County Department of Development TIM SNELLINGS, DIRECTOR I PETE CALARCO, ASSISTANT DIRECTOR 7 County Center Drive Oroville, CA 95965 (530) 538-7601 Telephone (530) 538-2140 Facsimile www.buttecounty.net/dds October 19, 2006 Claudia Wright 2243 Feather River Blvd Oroville, CA 95965 ADMINISTRATION * BUILDING * PLANNING Re: Permit Number: 06-1685 APN: 026-040-009 Owner: Nick Flickinger Upon review of the above -referenced permit file by the County Building Official, it has been. determined that a refund cannot be processed for the following reason(s): ❑ Refunds can only be made upon written request by the person who paid the fees, whose name is on the receipt issued for the fees paid. ❑ The request is over two years from the date of the fee payments on this non -issued permit. ❑ The request is over two years from the date of permit issuance and construction work has been done. X Filing fees and plan check fees for work plans checked are not refundable. The above determinations have been made in accordance with Butte County Code 3-41(t). You may view Butte County Code online at http://municipalcodes.lexisnexis.com/codes/butteco/. ❑ Other reason: Should you have further questions about this matter, please contact this office between 8:00 am and 4:00 pm, Monday through Friday. Sincerely, Gwyn ene ict Office Specialist, Senior Administrative Division `F OVTr F Butte County Department of Development Services O C O Building Division a 7 County Center Drive o COUNt-1 Oroville, CA 95965 (530).538-7541 REFUND REQUEST APPLICATION REFUND - Butte County Code 3-41 1. Refunds can only be made upon written request by the person who paid the fees, whose name is on t he receipt issued for the fees paid. Any refund checks will be made payable to the name on the receipt. 2. The request must be made within two years from the date of fee payments on permits not issued, and two years from the date of permit issuance for permits issued -if no construction work has been done. 3. Filing fees and plan check fees for work plans checked are not refundable. 4. Fees paid to other County Departments are not covered by this claim. INSTRUCTIONS: Submit this application to Development Services for determination of refundable fees. A claim will be generated for any fees to be refunded and sent to the address below for signature (by the person whose name is on the rarPintl and return to Develooment Services for payment processing. CLAIMANT'S NAME: _ ry c .:.. ..: .. r. e MAILING ADDRESS: r r��'.!1�:.�,�'. ='.'/ .W r PHONE.-<�—��:a - � r ..-...r.:, r.. ASSESSOR'S PARCEL NO.:_Z [Please use one claim form per permit.] ' " = _ BLDG PERMIT NO.: . �r Receipt No. 1 Recei t No. 2 Receipt No. 3 iJ'—.:: :r ��.. v� •'r.'': !Fn...�:�i.^r:i:7: .. .. r •.....:!�!.r:....-'::::r.....vr,;�...'::�...:ij�:t!r.;�{e"-:. — RECEIPT NO.: sa. r RECEIPT DATE: RECEIPT AMOUNT:��c..��... .... REASON FOR REFUND REQUEST: r r Check those fees which you wish to have considered for refund: Building Permit Fees =Sheriff Fees =SRA Fees (CDF Fire Planning) ! -r DOther (specify): Plans for cancelled permits will be disposed of within 10 working days upon submission of a Request for Refund. if you want the plans, you may ick them up prior to that time. : f Signa Date MF /Refund Application 0 203 M M . Wednesday, October 18, 2006 Development Services BUILDING DIVISION ver. 1.0 1J Counter Tammie Person Fund 10 (Bldg Permits) $219.96 SRA Fees (Fire) -$0.00 I _ Payment Date 07/13/2006 SHR Fees (Sheriff) $0.00 .Permit Number 06-1685 SMIP $0.00 Receipt Number 456187 Copies/Document Sales $0.00 Check Number or Cas 277 ' CUA (Chico Urban Area) $0.00 Parcel Number 026-040-009 TUA (Therm. Urban Area) $0.00 ' Applicant FLICKINGER, NICK Water Tender Btln #= $0.00' West Chico Fire Station $0.00 Received From C. WRIGHT Witness Fees $0.00 Total Received -$219.96 Recorders Fees (N.O.C) $0.00 Thermalito Drainage $0.00 Total Fees To Collect.19 ' �2.96 Oroville Area Traffic $0.00 NSF (Non Sufficient Funds) $0.00 Notice of Violation $0.00 NCSP Trails System $0.00 NCSP Roads/Bridges $0.00 NCSP Storm Drainage $0.00 NCSP Fire Station $0.00 NCSP Parks Type $0.00 Value $0.00 ed froi# e 5t1°� °f o'45 Received By Title By - Q0UNTY OF BUTTE 456186 bFFICP L RECEIPT-" ' J Y'" L' OFFICE OR DEPARTMENT ISSUING RECEIPT 2O Received frofn _- The Sum, of 4 For Received: CASH- ❑ CHECK] VOO BUSINESS FORMS • (530) 743.8511 Form 88887 Received By Title i By z COUNTY, OF BUTTE 456187 OFF,IZIAL RECEIPT OFF IC SOF' DEPARTMENT ISSUING RECEIPT �!`J E✓ "`� 2�_ Received from - The Sum of Vir W �1,z�'(! � i s : r_,, ,� • _ _. $ 1� , �1 V ,� ! /3 For s;�% CASH ❑ i CHECK, By vc0 FORMS' (530) 743-8511. .Form 88887 ..... Y 026-040-009 06-1685 r. , FLICKINGER, NICK -=ate °T f• NOTES x 6830 UPPER`PALERMURb PALERMO'';._ { �;.Cont,FREEDOM HOMES °' { LMH7PERM-FND(NEW)� RES 1'D E -NTT -I A L APN: Permit No. Owner. Site Address: Contractor. Type of Permit: n 1 CHECKED BY SRA FLOOD CERTIFICATE EQUIRED FIRE SPRINKLERS REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTION ITEMS VERIFY USE PERMIT CONDITIONS SUBSTANDARD HOUSING LETTER ENCROACHMENT PERMIT REINSPECTION FEE PAID ENV HLTH CLEARANCE Manufacturer Date of Manufacture Serial Number(s) HUD Number(s) DATE JOB FINALED: SIGNATURE: •=OK n = N.f nit MANUFACTURED HOMES MISCELLANEOUS- DATE Lj PERMANENT FOUNDATION Lj SOFT -SET 1 Zoning -Setbacks -Easements 2 Soils; Special MH Support Sketch 3 Sewer; Loctn-Test; FalUC/O-Concrete 4 Wtr; Loctn-Test-Easeinent Needed -Regulator 5 Elec Loctn-DImcs-Gmd Amp -Concrete 6 Yard Gas; Loctn-Test-Wrap Nat ❑ or LP[--] Inch Sz Ft Lngth • 7 Blckng; SzSpacing-Marriage Line 8 Gas; MH Test-Demand-Valve-Cnnctr 9 Elec MH Cntnty Test -Crossovers -Breakers -Gimes 10 Drain; MH Test-Fall-Fiex Cnnctr 11 Wtr & Sewer Connected -CIO to Grade 12 Gas and Electricity Tagged 13 Tie Downs Q Foundation ❑ 14 Exits 15 Cert of Occupancy 16 HUD Label/Insignia Numbers Serial Numbers ID E C K S -C O V E R S -C A R P O R T S •G A R A G E S 1 ZoningSetbacks-Easements 2 Ftgs; SoilsSz-0pthSpacing-CnnctrsSteel 3 Decks, Girders/Joists-Dcking-Brcing Stairs-Guard/Handrails 4 Wood Awn; Posts-Beams-Ritrs-CnnctrsShthg. Frmg-Brcng 5 Alum Awn; Columns-CnnctnsSplice-Decal-Enctsrs 6 Carports; Wndws-Doors 7 Electric 8 Frmg; Sills-AnchrsStuds4btrs Trusses 9 Siding; Nailing -Veneer -Stucco -Lath 10 Roof; Shthg-Roofing 11 Ext; Steps -Doors -Landings 12 Braced Wall pnis ya r+ DATE IPOOLS 1 Setbacks -Easements 2 Soils; Compaction -Structure Stability 3 Pool Structure; Steel-Cnnctns-Thickness Dead Men -Lining 4 Elec Reptcis/Lting; Distance-GFI 5 Elec Pool Lting; 15 volts-GFI 6 Elec.Encisrs; Conduit Entries Terminals-l-Lsted 7'Elec Bonding; Metal w/5'-Creltng Egp-Htr 8 Elec Grndng; Eqp w/5' Crcltng Egp-Pool Ightg Boxes-Encisrs-pnlboeidsansultn to Main Conduit 9 Health Dept Appvl 10 *Pimb; Cir Test-Wtr Supply Test 11 Lt Niche , 12. Enclsr•, Fencing -Alarms 13 Bonding, Diving board or Slide Pool Drawing RESIDENTIAL (Single & Duplex) , DATE JUNDERFLOOR DATE PLUMBING 1 ZoningSetbacks-Easements-FloodSlope 2 Ftg Main; Soils-Elec Gmd Ft4 Dpth 3 Ftg Garage; Soils-Steel-Elec Gmd Ftg Dpth 4 Ftg Porches/Decks; Soils -Steel Fig Dpth 5 Stemwalls'Main; Steel-Blockouts-Wrapped 6 Stemwalls Garage; Steel-Blockouts Wrapped 6a Hold Downs and Special Anchrs 7 Slab, Steel Wrapped 8 Piers-Frpic Ftg-Steel 9 DWV; Fall -Fitting -Test -2 -way CIO -Sewer Test 10 UF, Gas Pipe; Sz Anchrs-Sz Test 11 Wtr Pipe; Test-Anchrs-RgltrService Test 12. Elec Undrgrnd 13 Plenums & Ducts; Cirnc-MaterialSupportansultn 14 GirdersSills-Anchr Bolts-Joists-Vnts-Cripples 15 Acc & Vntltn 16 Insulation oma 0`s' o,r 0.s` DATE JFRAMING 17 Sills Proper Materials & Anchrs 18 Walls Stud s-Nailirig Spacing &Braces-PlatesSound 19 Bearing Walls over Girders & fir Nailing 20 Draft Stop in Walls (rat proof) 21 Fire Stops; Fiirre'd CeilingsStairs-Chasers-Tubs 22 Headers & Beams -Si &' Bearing' 23 Hangers-Posf Caps-Anchrs-Cnnctns 24 Ceiling Joist4 tr Ties-Purlin-Roof Brac-TrussShthg 25 Frpic Ties or Type A Flue=Frpic Throat Cimc 26 Attic Acc; Sz &•Rinz Piton -Draft Stop -Ins Baffles 27 Bdrm Wndws or' - r Exiting DoorsSill Ht & Dimensions 28 Garage Fire Prteth Framing -RC Channel 29 Prprty Line Firewall & Opngs' 30 Ext Doors -One 3' -Check Garage 3rd Story, 2 Exits 31 Stairs; Width-Hdrm-Rise-Run-Landing-Fire Prtctn 32 Plywd on Roof Ovrhng Attic Vnts-Rftr Outrgrs 33 Siding -Nailing Veneer 34 Stucco Lath -Weep Screed-Fndtn Vnts-Undrflr Acc 35 Glazing Area -Glass PrtctnSkyLts-Plastic . 36 Shear Walls; Nailing -Bolts 37 Brace Int/Ext Wall pnls 38 I nsultn-W al ls-Ceilings 39 Infiltration -Walls -W ndws �41 o' ops` DATE JELECTRICAL 40 Fxtr & Trnsfrmr Cirncdns Prtctn 41 Elec Rcptcls Spacing-Lts & Switches at Doors 42 Sz Boxes & No Of Cndctrs Stapled 43 Romex Installed Close to Edge of Studs & CJ 44 Eqp Gmd made up w/Mech Fstnrs 45 Gmdng Electrode Bond Gas & Wtr 46 2 Appinc Cires in Ktchn & Cndctr Sz GFI . 47 Subfeed Wire Sz w [::ICU or ❑AL AC Wire Sz ya ❑ CU or QAL 48 Range Circ oa ❑ CU or Q AL Oven Circ ya Q CU or QAL Insulated Neutral ❑ Yes ❑ No 49 Service -Riser Cndctrs & Gmd Main Dscnnct 50 Eqp Clrncs pnis-Motors-Mech Eqp 51 Clothes Closet Lt-Shwr Lt -Spa Lt 52 Smoke Detector 53 Wtr Htr; Vent-Acc-Cmbstn Air Baffle 54 Wtr Pipe; Test & Anchr-Nail Prtctn 55 DWV; Test Fittings & Anchr. Nail Pr(ctn 56 Shwr Pan; Test, First fir -Tub Acc 57 Test Tuti & Shwr, 2nd fir - Tub Acc 58 Gas Pipe; Sz & Anchrs ' 59 Fire Sprinkler; Test 60 Yard Gas Piping s` o•� o? off' .. 0.41 uart MECHANICAL 61 AC Ducts Insults & Support 62 Vent Fan, Exhaust abv Insultn 63 Condensate Drain & Ovrflw, Sz & Grade 64 Furnace -Vent Acc-Comb Air Rtrn/Vent 115 Outlet 65 Attic Acc & Pith -in if Furnace In attic d' FINAL 66 Ext Steps -Door & SideLt Prtctn-Landings 6T Smoke Detector 68 Furnace Vnts-Cimc-Comb, Air-Cnnctr In Garage; abv-flr-Ducts-Meth Prtctn 69 Bedroom Exiting 70 GFI 8 Bath Fxtrs & Tub Acc-Spa 71 GFI Arc Fault 72 Elec Trim & Subpnl, Breaker Szs & Labels 73 Stairs, Guard/Handrails 74 Frplc or Stove, Cimc-Hearth 75 Elec Outlets at Wood Pnl, Int & Ext 76 Ktchn, Fxtr & Appinc; Gmd Air -Gap -Cooking Clmc 77 Elec Outlets & RcptcIs at Ktchn Counter 78 Garage Fire Door, Swing -Landing -Closure 79 AC Duct in Garage -Damper 80 Wtr Htr, Vnts-Cimc-Com Air Cnnctr-PRV; abv fir Mech Prtctn; LPG Appince Undr House 3' drain 81 Plmb; Elec & Mech Eqp Listed for Loctn 82 Elec Rcptcls in Garage (GF) Romex Prtctn 83 Insults -Foam -Looked in Attic 84 Guard Rails & Deck Cnstrctn-Post Caps 85 Fndn Vnts & Crawl Hole Door Drnge & Wood -Earth 86 Cimc Dmge Planters Q Yes ❑ No 87 Stucco Brown -Finish 88 AC Unit Dscnnct, Elec-Plmb 89 Vnts abv Roof, PImb-Appinc-Frpic-Cimc to Opngs 90 Wtr Well, Dscnnct, Elec, Plmb 91 Ext Elec Trim, GFI Rcptcl-Undrgrnd 92 VnUtn thru House 93 Glass Prtctn 94 Corrections from previous Irispetns 95 Gas Test -Meters Tagged, Gas-Elec 96 Wtr & Sewer Cnnctd-C/O to grade -HD Apprvl 97 Energy Cmpinc Cert -Other Certs 98 Address Posted .99 Fire Sprinkler BUTTE COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION AND. SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS 24 HOUR INSPECTION#: OROV[LLE: (530) 538-7636 • CHICO: (530) 891-2834 OFFICE 9: (530) 538-7541 A FEE WILL BE REQUIRED AT TIME OFAPPLICATION Website: www.buttecounty.neddds "PLEASE PRINT CLEARLY" in APPLICANT I OWNER INFORMATION Last Name / � 1 first,N�rj)Z /NY//�((,� Address Uef�0 101�✓�� l/ City Zip 47i� Slate Zip oy I Phone U c.#8n7o3I, Fax' E-mail State License Number in APPLICANT I CONTRACTOR Name tffEelem t Address21 I Yes City State Cq Zip 47i� Phone Fax E-mail U c.#8n7o3I, IClass in APPLICANT I ARCHITECT/ENGINEER Name city_ Address I Yes City State State Zip Phone E-mail Fax Email Date Approved: State License Number in APPLICANT I FORMATION Name city_ Address I Yes City State Zip Phone Fax 5� E-mail Lot # .rj" MZ - MOORE! r office use only: Zoning 1 Flood Zone city_ SRA I Yes I 6oD Occ.Type Const. Subdivision Name Map Book Page Lot # Planner Date Approved: OVER FOR SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS PERMIT BIN It PROJECT LOCATION Property Address city_ Cross Street WORKER'S COMPENSAT40N Policy Number Carrier 0 If hiring anyone other than license contractors, a certificate of worker's compensation must be shown at the time of permit issuance. LENDING AGENCY Name Address Description or Scope of Work: Sq FT- Living Garage Open Cov ❑ Structure Built without Permits ❑ Proposed Change of Occupancy (Note previous use): EXPIRATION OF APPLICATION Applications for which a permit has not been issued will expire one year after. the date of application. In order to renew action on an application after expiration, a new application, plans and fee will be REQUEST FOR REFUNDS Refunds can only be made upon written request by the person who paid the fee. The request must be made prior to the expiration of the permit and no construction work has been done. Filing fees, plan check fees for work plan checked and other department costs are not refundable. Received by:—F- Amount: O� �� Bldg Jj Q SRA Receipt#: 1-7 Sheriff CK -H Z ' f 7 SMIP Date: Other V / –/J Oy , I % / Y' Tota!_j I RFV R -17-n5 The following drawings and specifications must be submitted to the Building Division in order to apply for a permit. INCOMPLETE SUBMITTALS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED. ALL PLANS MUST BE LEGIBLE AND IN INK. ❑ 1. Site plans, 3 or 4 sets, signed by the preparer of the plans. No graph paper! ❑ 2. Complete plans, 3 or 4 sets, signed by the preparer of the plans (No graph paper!) OR Engineered plans, 3 or 4 sets, with wet signature on plans AND 2 sets of stamped and signed calculations. ❑ 3. Engineered truss details and layouts in duplicate (if required). No faxes! ❑ 4. Energy compliance design and supporting documentation in duplicate. ❑ 5. Statement of Intent for Non -heated and A/C for Non -Residential Buildings. ❑ 6. Manufactured homes: (A) Installation manual, (B) Marriage line info, (C) Floor Plan, (D) Tie down or fnd plans, all in duplicate , , ' , - ❑ 7. Metal bldgs: (A) Metal Bldg Plans, (B) Fnd plans and calcs in triplicate, (C) Elevations in triplicate. -(D) Floor plans in triplicate. All of these must be stamped and wet -signed by the engineer. ❑ 8. Flood Elevation Certificate, wet -stamped and signed, in duplicate (if required). ❑ 9. Site plan and business license. approval from the City of Biggs. ❑ 10. Letter of intent for non-residential buildings. ❑ 11. Building Permit Application.Without Required Clearances. Form . ❑ 12. Hazardous Material Form (for Commercial Buildings only). Remaining items needed to issue the permit. Additional items may be required after Plan Check and .Planning'. review (May require additional plan review upon receipt of the following items.) , ❑ 1. Agricultural Buffer clearance and site plan approval from the Ag Commissioner's office (if required). ❑ 2. Impact Fees. ❑ 3. California Department of Forestry plan approval (if required). - ❑ 4. NPDES Form. ❑ 5. Encroachment Permit for driveway from the Public Works Dept. (construction approval prior to occupancy). ❑ 6. Contractor's license information. (Number, Name Style, Classification). ❑ 7. V'Vorker's Compensation Carrier and Policy Number. ❑ 8. Owner -Builder Verification (if required). ❑ 9. Letter of Signature authorization (if required). ❑ 10. Recorded copy of Agricultural Acknowledgment Statement. ❑ 11. ❑ Legal description from current recorded grant deed, ❑ Copy of M.H. Title, Title transfer, or MCO. ❑ 12. Sanitation and site plan approval from the Environmental Health Department. . If you have questions or would like additional information regarding this process, please contact a Permit Assistant at (530) 538-tb41. EXPIRATION OF APPLICATION Applications for which a permit has not been issued will expire one year after date of application. In order to renew action on an application after expiration, a new application, plans and fees will be required. REQUEST FOR FEE REFUNDS Refunds can only be made upon written request by the.person who paid the fee. The request must be made within two years from the date of fee payment on permits not issued, and two years from the date of permit issuance for permits issued; however, on issued permits refunds can only be made if no construction work has been done. Filing fees, plan check fees for work plan checked and other department costs are not refundable. OVER FOR BUILDING PERMIT APPLICATION KAFORNIMBUILDING F0RMS1BIdgApp1SubRgmts.doc Page 2 of 2 REV 8-12-05 COUNTY OF BUTTE -DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES -BUILDING DIVISION 7 County Center Drive, Oroville, CA .95965 Phone (530)538-7541 Fax (530)538-2140 PERMIT APPLICATION DATA SHEET hV (J(J OWNER I /) �K ASSESSOR PARCEL NUMBER Proposed Building Use: T7• i'. Permit Technician: Date: Items required in order to apply for a permit. All boxes MUST be checked OR marked NA in order to apply. T 1. Site plans, 3 or 4 sets, signed by the preparer of the plans. ❑ 2. Complete plans, 3 or 4 sets, signed by the preparer of the plans. ❑ 3. Engineered plans, 3 or 4 sets, with wet signature on plans AND 2 sets of stamped and signed calculations. ❑ 4. Engineered truss details and layouts in duplicate. No faxesl ❑ 5. Letter from Engineer or Architect for truss design review. ❑ 6. Energy compliance design and supporting documentation in duplicate. ❑ 7. Statement of Intent for Non -heated and A/C for Non -Residential Buildings. (9 8. Manufactured homes: 6�) Installation manual, including marriage line info, (p) Floor Plan, (Q Tie down or fnd I� ns, all in duplicate. `- ❑ 9. Metal bldgs: (A) Metal Bldg Plans, (B) Fnd plans and calcs in triplicate, (C) Elevations in triplicate. (D) Floor plans in triplicate. All of these must be stamped and wet -signed by the engineer. ❑ 10. Flood Elevation Certificate, wet -stamped and signed, in duplicate. ❑ 11. Hazardous Material Form J1 12. Acknowledgement of building permit application without required clearances. ❑ 13. Other Rehr aining items needed to issue the permit. (May require additional plan review upon receipt of the following items.) U2 14. Sanitation and site plan approval from the Environmental Health Department in ❑ Chico 0415roville, as applicable ❑ 15. Fire Sprinklers............................................................................................ ❑ 16. Agricultural Buffer clr and site plan apr from the Ag Commissioner Sent by ❑ 17. Soils Report and/or Engineered Foundation required ........................................... ❑ �018. Erosion Control Plan Required........................................................................ 19. Fees as shown on the attached Schedule of Fees Due Sheet .............................. 20. City of Chico Plumbing permit........................................................................ ❑ 21. Site plan and business license approval from the City of Biggs .............................. ❑ /. 22. California Department of Forest plan approval ❑ paid. Sent by: .......r 23. Planning approval for (A) Use: � (B) Parking: (C) Parcel Check: .✓........ ❑ 24. Contact Land Development about _ Improvements, _ Drainage ........................ ❑ 25. Fire Marshall Review (commercial projects only). Sent by: 26. NPDES Form............................................................................................. 27. Encroachment Permit for driveway from the Public Works Dept ........................... 28. Contractor's license information. (Number, Name Style, Classification) ................... ❑ .29. Worker's Compensation Carrier and Policy Number .......................................... ❑ 30. Owner -Builder Verification ( _ Given to owner, _Mailed to owner) ..................... 0 31. Letter of Signature authorization.................................................................... 32. Recorded copy of Agricultural Acknowledgment Statement ................................. ❑ 33. Existing violations and/or expired permits......................................................... ❑ 34. Deed Restriction.......................................................................................... • ❑ 35. [� Legal description, ❑ M.H. Title, title search, registration or MCO ......................... ❑ 36. Other: ❑ 37. Other: When issued P. I have been informed of the above items and requirements for obtaining a building permit. Applicant: Date: / '6?L, 1. Index per ppli ah or a. a items 'Oft%red: Plan CheqklLetter 2 ' ' 'items required cto designer, owner, was advis of the kove data by phone, ❑ mail, ❑ counter, by Date: Contractor, designer, owner, was advised of the above data by ❑ phone, ❑ mail, ❑ counter, by Date: Contractor, designer, owner, was advised of the above data by ❑ phone, ❑ mail, ❑ counter, by Date: Plans reviewed by4lIZZ Date:2- / • e5 G Plans approved by: 6016.'! !0 Date: Pa • /. 6 4L Structural reviewed by: Date: Structural approved by: Date: Note transfer by: Date: Yellow: Building Division K/Building/Plan Check/Data Sheets/data sheet page 2 9.27.05 BUTTE COUNTY DEPARTMENT OF DEVELOPMENT SERVICES - BUILDING DIVISION 7 COUNTY CENTER DRIVE, OROVILLE, CA 95965 www.buttecouhty.net/dds PHONE (530) 538-7541 FAX 538-2140 RECEIPT OF FEES SCHEDULE - RESIDENTIAL Owner FLICKINGER, NICK APN No: 026-040-009 Permit Type: �❑� Subtype: App Date: 7/13/2006 Permit No: BP 06-1685 Permit Desc: 1 BUILDING PERMIT FEES EST/MATED AT APPLICATION $549.90 Plan Check portion of Permit Fee $219.96 $329.94 Balance of Building Permit Fee 2 FEMA RYes Flood Elevation Review $109.98 0 3 SRA* Yes Fire Plan Check - Non -Refundable $95.00 0$204.98 (State Responsibility Areal Building Inspection $109.98 0 NON-REFUNDABLE portion of fees due at application $219.96 FEES DUE AND PAYABLE AT TIME OF PERMIT APPLICATION $219.96 FEES (BELOW) DUE PRIOR TO ISSUANCE OF PERMIT $336.61 $329.94 $6.67 RECEIPT DATE Tech/Asst 456187 7/13/06 Tammie 4 5 6 7 7a Balance of Building Permit Fees (from No. 1 above) SMTP* - Strong Motion Instrumentation Program (Enter amount from permit system) Additional Plan Check Fees (NON-REFUNDABLE) Other*: Other*: 8 IMPACT FEES - RESIDENTIAL* Applications After 04/15/06 a Per Dwelling SFD a Per Dwelling MFD # Per Dwelling MH $8,341 County 4249.11 3183.54 3238.72 $9,088 Chico Urban Area 6146.23 4538.82 5648.44 $8,267 EI Medio Fire District 3249.97 2385.76 2422.68 $6,275 North Chico Specific Plan $8,893 10a A SR -1, SR -3, SR-1/PD 8801.091 7395.041 8486.40 coo R-1 8897.09 7491.04 8582.40 ° R-2 8390.091 6984.041 8075.40 R-3 7604.091 6198.041 7289.40 RECEIPT DATE Tech/Asst Processing Fee is automatically added to impact fee total 0 $100.00 9 WATER TENDER FEE (Not collected when impact Fees Applicable) Enter Bat.# $200.00 RECEIPT DATE Tech/Asst 0 PERMIT. Forms will be prepared after plan check At the time of permit application, I was advised the above fees are required to be paid prior to issuance of the permit. These fees may be changed during the plan checking process. Applicant: Date: Pursuant to Go"theporJect 20, you are hereby notified those Items followed by an """ may have been imposed on your project. You have 90 days from the date approval of or from the impostion of the above referenced items during which you may protest. The requirements for a protest are specified in Goverment Code Section 66020(a). K:/Building/Forms/Schedule of Receipt Fees Residential 041506 DRAINAGE FEES* 10 CHICO STORM DRAINAGE MASTER PLAN 770 Butte Creek $7,997 771 Comanche Creek $8,341 New construction, vacant land, on 1 acre or less - Enter 1 or less acre value 772 Little Chico Creek $9,088 773 Big Chico Creek $6,776 774 Lindo Channel $8,267 775 SUDAD Ditch $7,211 776 Mud -Sycamore Creek $6,275 777 PV Ditch $8,893 10a More than 1 acre, existing buildings - fees to be assessed by Public Works Fee Determination Sheet Needed - Enter amount determined by PW 11 THERMALITO DRAINAGE AREA 1 $684 Maximum Per each new living unit on existing lots where full drainage fees have not been paid 11a Temporary Dwelling 1 $136 At time of building permit $136 annual renewal fee for first 4 renewals. Not to exceed $684. PROOF OF PAYMENT OF FEES (BELOW) MUST BE RECEIVED PRIOR TO ISSUAI is completed for applicant to take to respective district office. 12 12a SCHOOL DISTRICT FEES" RECREATION DISTRICT FEES* Palermo Union High School 092 I Oroville RECEIPT DATE Tech/Asst 0 PERMIT. Forms will be prepared after plan check At the time of permit application, I was advised the above fees are required to be paid prior to issuance of the permit. These fees may be changed during the plan checking process. Applicant: Date: Pursuant to Go"theporJect 20, you are hereby notified those Items followed by an """ may have been imposed on your project. You have 90 days from the date approval of or from the impostion of the above referenced items during which you may protest. The requirements for a protest are specified in Goverment Code Section 66020(a). K:/Building/Forms/Schedule of Receipt Fees Residential 041506 V PS110EN-r T TF o f oG oOU s o��, Department of Public Works C o u n t y o f B u t t e o ° I J. Michael Crump, LAND DEVELOPMENT DIVISION o Storm Water Management Program Director 7 County Center Drive Oroville. CA 95965 (530)538-7266 etlC WOP (FAX) 538-7171 National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) Phase II Construction Storm Water Permit and Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP) Acknowledgement (LESS THAN 1 ACRE] Project Description: Lao/ �106en?,Olzi) W#� 162_5s 5s Project Location and/or Parcel Number: By signing below, I, the project owner/owner's agent, certify that this project WILL NOT DISTURB 1 acre or more of land and that I, therefore, do not need to apply for a Construction Storm Water Permit from the State of California Regional Water Quality Control Board. Phased projects that contain multiple site build -outs of less than one acre but when combined with subsequent phases total more than one acre of disturbed soil will require a Construction Storm Water Permit from the State of California Regional Water Quality Control Board. I am aware that submitting false and/or inaccurate information or failure to apply for a Construction Storm Water Permit from the State of California Regional Water Quality Control Board for a project that disturbs one acre or more of land may result in revocation of grading and/or other permits or other sanctions provided by law. Signed: Title: Less than 1 Acre NPDES & SWPPP Compliance Certification Butte CountylDepartmellt of Develop172e11t Services ogUTTF0 7 County Center Drive Oroville, CA 95965 (530) 538-7601 Telephone �, y 0UNI (530) 538-7785 Facsimile BUILDING PERNIIT APPLICATION WITHOUT REQUIRED CLEARANCES I request and authorize the Building Division to process this building pen -nit application through the plans examination process WITHOUT first obtaining all necessary, related permits and clearances from other regulatory entities, including but not limited to, Planning, Environmental Health, Land Development, County Fire, and Agriculture. I hereby acknowledge: 0 1 need to submit applications for septic and/or well to Butte County Environmental Health immediately. • 1 ant required to bring the approved Environmental Health site plait and approved sanitation clearance to the Building Division as soon as clearance is obtained a I am responsible for notifying Development Services, in writing, to stop processing of the application and to arrange for disposition of plans. The Building Division will process ' the application through the plans examination process, as submitted, without input from other regulatory entities that could prohibit issuance of the building permit or require submission of amended building plans to the Building Division. Once the plans examination process begins, there will be no refund of plans examination fees. Any changes requiring submission of amended plans to the Building Division will incur additional fees. Within one year from the date of application for a building permit, all other required permits and clearances from other entities must be obtained for the permit to be issued. Failure to obtain these permits/clearances will void the application. Typically other required permits/clearances include, but are not limited to, verification the parcel was legally created, adherence to. all mitigations and conditions imposed on the parcel at time of creation, as well as zoning requirements, legal access, and applicable set -backs and environmental issues (fire, agriculture buffer zones, and habitat/species). Please print: Applicant Name: iess: Building site add APN: A -Z(- 0 yo - 009 Permit No.: I have read, understood and accept the terms and conditions as expressed herein as indicated by my submission of the above -referenced building permit application and my signature below: 7�-� 06 DATE ADDRESS 41, 3 MISCELLANEOUS ,e UILDING D,Fscf?1pr1o)v 0 BUILDINGS PARCEI SHEET -,-OF Z SHEk CONIPUTATION Appraiser- pale Bldg.N,,Area /977 cost 0 R. C. N. ,c 6 1... N. 1). . ih-1, S i-11 x Foun.d. Wall a Exterior Roof 'Floor 8 Interior Detail Second Story or Loft Yoor built F&J. Bldg. No.�s ryp e Cover rLA--f- 111/V UAI 1w A 7,' r�ol el-e-elYc ? -7 t, 5- I °:o-`' S,/(Oo 0 3!�o 0 CONIPUTATION Appraiser- pale Bldg.N,,Area /977 cost 0 R. C. N. ,c 6 1... N. 1). . ih-1, 97ge) gp Unit Cost R. 1c. /V L N. D I D. —ZITS R.C.A u"', osl tj;. cast C r"O'c) d L. Al. - 19 - R. C. i Unit Cost % Cost Good L. iv. _Cos rLA--f- -7 t, 5- I °:o-`' S,/(Oo 0 3!�o 0 7-c 00 7< Total Z/ 0 (e 00-C) Appraiser- Dote 19 19 '19 Bldg.Un Area ,P Cost R. C. IV Un' C Cost N. R*�C. Unit --._ Cost % Gand. ..__ R. C. N. L. IV, 0. MITt — --------- -- -_ _- , 2 RECORDING REQUESTED BY MAIL TAX STATEMENT TO MR. ANGEL MARTINEZ 5830 UPPER PALERMO ROAD OROVILLE, CA 89966 WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO Name Sweet Same As Above Addreae City & State AP; 02604-0009.0 if tl I ll 111 11111 I I! ILII I I I III I II I it iZ 0 0 1 — G!) 10 a, Aa !s Recorded I REC FEE 7.00 OfficialRecordsI PENALTY 3.00 Ca U'RE" I MMACE J. SRUBBs I R08EMRRYrDIMSON I Assistant Ip11:3-t4ay-01 PageI of i SPACE ABOVE RECORDER'S USE ON:Y DEED OF GIFT 1+ This Deed, made the 4' day of April, two thousand and one Between ANGEL MARTIN Z, a single man. Grantor and WENDOLYN FLICKINGER and NICHOLAS FLICKINGER JR.. both as Joint Tenants_ Grantee Witnesseth: That the Grantor, for and in consideration of the love, and affection which he has for the Grantee, does by these presents gift, give, and grant unto the Grantee, and to their heirs and assigns, forever, all that certain lot 5 , piece , or parcel __ of land situated in the unincorporated area of the County of Butte, State of California, and bounded and described as follows: THE NORTH HALF OF LOT 5 IN BLOCK 88, AS SHOWN ON THAT CERTAIN MAP ENTITLED, "MAP OF PALERMO AND SUBDIVISIONS 1 AND 2 WITH ADDITION TO NO. 1 OF THE PALERMO CITRUS TRACT', WHICH MAP WAS FILED IN THE OFFICE OF THE RECORDER OF THE COUNTY OF BUTTE, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, SEPTEMBER 17, 1888. Together with the tenements, hereditaments, and appurtenances thereunto belonging or'appertaining, and the reversion and reversions, remainder and remainders, rents, issues and profits thereof. To have and to hold the said premises, together with the appurtenances, unto the Grantee, and their heirs and assigns forever. Dated STATE OF CALIFORNIA ANGEL MAINEZ County of BUTTE S.S. On 414/01 before me,_SHARIN L MILLER the undersigned, a Notary Public Iri-and for said State personally appeered ANGEL MARTINEZ personally (mown to me (or proved to me on the basin of satietattory evident+) to be the par= (a) whose neme(s) ie/are subscribed m the within inatrumont and acknowledged m mathat hefohs/they executed the same In hi@/heritheir authorlYAd oapeclty(lee), and that by his/ herAheir algnature(s) on the lnetrurnantthe person(u) orMe entity upon behalf of which the person(@) acted executed the instrument. WITT.VSW myyha_nd and ofAclal @set. �' Signature z a�L,.. , ` �. : ` t�� (This area for official notarial east) MAIL TAX STATEMENT AS DIRECTED ABOVE Description: RUtte,CA DO'cu—nt-yP r-DoeID 2001.18527 Page: 1 of 1 Order: MW Cont_ 06/22/06 THU 16:38 (T%/R% NO 68461 Z005 } PER o. 4026-80B R. PERMIT EXPIRES a ,OWNER Angel & Helen Martinez CONTR. owner 2-0-9. LOCATION (A.P. ) i 6830 Upper Palermo Rd., Palermo Temp. Power Pole Called PG&E Temp. Elec. Serv. Called PG&E'er Temp. Gas Serv. Called PG&E LJO-13 Q FINALED (Dat F (Signature) COUNTY OF BUTTE — DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS BUILDING INSPECTION RECDRD BUILDING BUILDING (Cont'd) PLUMBING Setback Firewall Soil Piping Forms Parapets 1st Floor Main Bldg. Restroom Finish 2nd Floor Footings Windows 3rd Floor Stemwall Siding To out Slab Roof Sheathing Water PI in Piers Roofing Sewer Garage Fdn. Vents Fixtures Footings Stemwall Garage Vents Insulation Water Htr. Heaters Slab Carport Footings Prov. for physically - handica ed Conformance of ex. structure Appliances Gas Piping & T41: Temp. Gas Slab Final Sanitation Patio t,FIREPLACE Final Footings Footing ELE TRICAL Masonry Walls Throat Rough Relnf. Steel I Final Fixtures t-raming Test f Water Htr. Stucco Final Sub anels Mesh M HANICAL Gird. Fault Prot. Scratch Heating Service Brown Cooling Temp. Pole Finish Ducts Underground Interior Lath Ventilation Permanent Door Closer Final Final MOBILEHOME UTILITIES ------------------ Elec. Service Elec. Pedestal Water Piping Sewer Gas Piping 0616EHOME INSTALLATION - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Support Elec. Continuity Water Piping Drainage .Gas Piping DATE REMARKS OR CORRECTION (NOTE: An entry must be made on this form each time you visit the job site.) COUNTY OF BUTTE - DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS 7 County Center Drive - Oroville, California 95965 - Telephone 916/534-4541 •� APPLICATION AND PERMIT ASIS Sj7R PARCELAMBER ZON NG BUILDING PER I OWN TELEPHONE SO. FT. OCC. BUILDING VALUATION OWNER' A G DRESS �� � —� �3 / CONTRACTOR'S AME TELEPHONE 14 Ile— r CONTRACTOR'S MAILING ADDRESS CONSTRUCTION LENDER e UNKNOWN Fireplace Total Valuation $ LENDER'S MAILING ADDRESS Permit Fee $ CHITECT O E G EER LICENSE NO. r� Plan Checking Fee $ Penalty $ " ARCHITECT ORENGINEER'S MAILING ADDRESS G z Permit fee $ BUILDING ADDRESS SS 0 /V1 l + r PLUMBING PERMIT Filing Fee 3.00 Each Trap 2.00 Repair drainage or vent piping 2.00 Water piping LOT NO. SUBDIVISION NAMEPARCEL MAP Each qas water heater or vent 2.00 Gas piping system 1 - 5 outlets USE OF STRUCTURE SF Duplex❑ Mobilehome❑ Other SPECIFY Building sewer Lawn sprinkler system 00 4�- TYPE OF WORK New eAddition❑ emodel Utilities In alla 'on❑ Other ❑ Describe work: — Permit Fee $ Contractor ELECTRICAL PERMIT Filing Fee 3.00 Main service IDD°V OR o AMP ORSLESS 5.00 Main service EA. ADD'L too AMP 2.50 NEW CONSOR ADDNST ( ACCLBLDGS.DWELING CCUP.&� 20sgft CONTRACTORS LICENSE LAW I declare under penalty of perjury (check one): ❑ I am licensed under provisions of Chapt. 9, Div. 3 of the Business and Professions Code and my license is in full force and effect. License No. Classification I, as the owner, or my employees with wages as their sole compen- sation, will do the work,and the structure is not intended or offered for sale. (Sec. 7044) ❑ I, as the owner, am exclusively contracting with licensed contract- ors. (Sec. 7044) ❑ I am exempt under Sec. , Business and Professions Code for this reason NEW NON-RESID R BRANCH '*OU 2.50 ea NEW CONSTR.POWER APPARATUS 6 NON-RESID. (SINGLE OUTLET CIR. Ex. Occup(OUTLETS OR FIXTURES 50@� BALOtOC FIXED APPLES. OR Ex. Occup.(ouT LETS (RESID.) EA.� 2.00 Temporary service 10.00 Mobile Home Facilities 15.00 Misc. Wiring 6.25 Permit Fee $ Contractor WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE 1 declare under penalty of perjury (check one): ❑ The permit is for $100.00 (valuation) or less. ❑ I have placed on file with the County of Butte Building Department a Certificate of Workmen's Compensation Insurance or a Certificate of Consent to Self -Insure. I shall not employ any person in any manner so as to become subject to the W. C. laws of California. Notice to Applicant: If after making this statement, should you become subject to the W. C. provisions of the Labor Code, you must forthwith comply with such provisions or this permit shall be deemed revoked. MECHANICAL PERMIT Filing Fee 3.00 Heating Cooling Hood 2.00 Ventilation permit Fee $ Contractor I certify that I have read this application and state that the above information is correct. I agree to comply to all County Ordinances and State Laws relating to building construction, and hereby authorize representatives of the County of Butte to enter upon the above-mentioned property for inspection purposes. I also agree to save, indemnify and keep harmless the County of Butte against all liabilities, judgments, costs, and expenses which may in any way accrue against aid County in consequence of the granting of this permit. X Date •- a Signature of Applicant — OwnerContractor ❑ Agent An OSHA permit is required for excavations over 5'0" deep and demolition or construct- ion of structures over 3 stories in height. Mobile Home Installation Fee $ Land Development Fee $ TOTAL PERMIT FEE $ s occ P. GROUP ._ TYPE OF CONST. �+' PARCEL PD H SSUE L This permit is hereby issued under sions of the Butte County Code and/or work indicated above for which DIRECTO PUBLIC By PokillT EXPIRES Date the applicable provi- resolutions to do fees have been paid. WORKS Date 'J Receipt No. ! ��is WHITE-D.P.W., YELLOW -ASSESSOR, PINK -INSPECTOR, GOLDENROD -APPLICANT Butte County Building Division MANUFACTURED HOME SUPPORT DATA Owner's name: tUA0ia-,AZA - A.P.# 000 - mLI® _ &,0'7' Home Manufacturer: 3 y 4 3 R Manufacture Year: pyo Model Number / Name: r Width: J `-F (ft.) Length: 4 f (ft.) FOOTINGS: Wood - pressure treated or foundation grade[ 11*6-ther:[ ] SUPPORTS: Concrete block [ Cydiher:[ Provide manufacturer's installation manual, support blocking requirements and state approved or engineered foundation or tie down system specifications. Pier Footing Sizes and Locations X 2 �csw►n�-u SINGLE WIDE Line1 - ------------------------------------------------- Line 2 Section 1 Line1 ��------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------------------------------- Section 2 Se"1 3 Line 1 Piers: Minimum size piers: )r [ ] Spacing maximum: From ends maximum: Line 2 Piers: Minimum size piers: Spacing maximum: From ends maximum: Line_3 Roof Loads: Minimum size piers: Location (from front): Minimum size piers: Location (continued): Line 4 Roof Loads: Minimum size piers: Location (from front): Minimum size piers: Location (continued): MULTI -WIDE Line 1 Line 2 Line 3 Line 2 Line 4 (triple wide only) Line 2 Snow Load: 3o ,A� psf Snow Load requirements may be obtained at http://www.upstate-ca-com/butte/bufte county/ Insert AP #, view snow load in lower right comer. Line 1 Openings: [ aq l X [ a ] Minimum size pier: X [ z 4 ] W ' 0 rr Required at each side of openings over I o q o "wide. • BIJlLD;tJG DNiSION r; APPROVED MAIN BEAM FOOTING CONFIGURATIONS AND SPACING 12 WIDE - MULTIPLE SECTIONS 1 1 I SECTION "A-; ; --V-- I1- I 1 1 1 I I I 1 I :SECTION "B" r�'> I 1 � 1 • 1 1---1 1 1 i i I 1 I I 1 1 1 I SPACING N--�'__�----+---�c-M VANMS SEETASIE SECTION "C"--4" 0 MAIN BEAM FOOTINGS These tables determine the footing pad configuration and footing spacing along the main beams of the section(s). Refer to pages 13 and 14 for footing pad configuration details. Review the table that indicates the footing type you are going to use. Refer to page 17 for the procedure on using the tables. 2 X 12 X 24" WOOD FOOTINGS Roof Live Load (Psf) Z_ a cL N L) a U) MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Sgl. Pad Footing Dbl. Pad Footing Triple Pad Footing Main Beam Size Main Beam Size Main Beam Size 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12- 20 1000 T-6" T-6" T-6" T T T 8' 10' 11' 20 1500 5'-6" 5'-6" 5'-6" 8' 10' 11' 8' 10' 12' 20 2000 T 7' 7' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 20 3000 8' 10' 10' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 20 4000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' Main Beam Piers - Footing placement to start at no more than one foot (1'-0" to edge of pier) from comer of the home. Exception - Footings may start at no more than two feet (2'-0" to the edge of pier) from eachxomer of the home PROVIDED that the next o.c. footing is moved three feet (3'-0") closer to it. (See sketch below.) 1 1 1 SPACING SPACING MINUS3•4r - f--- 1 1 8" X 16" X 4" CONCRETE FOOTINGS Roof Live Load (Psi y 0-5 con MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Dbl. Pad Footing Triple Pad Footing Two Dbl Pad Ftng. Main Beam Size Main Beam Size Main Beam Size 8" 1 10" 12" 8" 1 10" 12" 8" 10" 12- 20 1000 T-6" T-6" 3'-6" 5' 5' 5' 7' 7' T 20 1500 5' 5' 5' T-6" T-6" 7'-6" 8' 10' 10' 20 2000 T 7' T 8' 10' 10' 8' 10' 12' 20 3000 8' 10' 10' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 20 4000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 16" X 16" X 4" CONCRETE FOOTINGS Roof Live Load (P s v H U a 0) MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Sgl. Pad Footing Dbl. Pad Footing Two Dbl Pad Ftng. Main Beam Size Main Beam Size Main Beam Size 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12- 20 1000 3'-6" T-6" T-6" T T T 8' 10' 12' 20 1500 5' 5' 5' 8' 10' 10' 8' 10' 12' 20 2000 T 7' T 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 20 3000 8' 10' 10' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 20 4000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' FOR HOMES IN 30 PSF OR HIGHER ROOF ZONES, USE PERIMETER PIERING AS SHOWN ON FOLLOWING PAGE. Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 'c FLEETW000. Page 20 Copyright 020D4 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. pp— a THIS FLOOR PLAN AND ATTACHED OPTION DETAILS OF APPLICABLE) IS DESIGNED TO MEETTHE FOLLOWING STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS: WIND ZDNE(S): 1 ROOF LOAD(S): 30 LBS BEDROOM t lall me an ym ® m® THIS FLOOR PLAN MAY BE BUILT IN AN EXACT MIRROR MAGE AXIS, POST AND 8PLICABOUT ITS LENM ISIDE TO RRANOE OBIEI�IONS (FROMWIDTH NE CIIARTO ET6 ARE TO BE STARTED AT THE REAR OF END 70 END MIRROR IMAGE& PERIMETER PIE RING REQUIRED WHEN ROOF LIVE LOAD > 20 PSF Q 140 144'-0' © OX r mm WOODLAND 17-1 PNWILT/p1B a T BEACON HILL uw Lm 3443R DR 11010WILE FLOOR PLAN CPUfff'. JANET$. *' 10/13104 *IT A01 STANDARD FLOOR PLAN Fp•l s r E C E N 0 LCL RECEPTACLE Y SY4ITCH OT TIMIMOBTAT 14-P 8'-4 IS' T-7 In, ® SNOIOTALARN TTAPE RELIT Y4$IIB Oi 8008 SLIM ALARM 1000116r mr ILIGHT wrww6trltw FIXTURE r t 1 M ® MGIAUST FAN Dee BAtxt ® VIDEO DIGITAL EAGLE PANEL BO EpiSp VIDEO DIGITAL CABLE OUTLET 6 mom UTILITY MT g + + ° X X PAN FAN WILIGH ' L ---- ' t .\ PANELBOX RAO RETURNASI A" GRILLE LOCAATTIIONN I t �m AIR SUPPLY O SUPPORT POST 't eHEAAN6LL1 UYOIB BOON r 140 It 44'-0' BEDROOM t lall me an ym ® m® THIS FLOOR PLAN MAY BE BUILT IN AN EXACT MIRROR MAGE AXIS, POST AND 8PLICABOUT ITS LENM ISIDE TO RRANOE OBIEI�IONS (FROMWIDTH NE CIIARTO ET6 ARE TO BE STARTED AT THE REAR OF END 70 END MIRROR IMAGE& PERIMETER PIE RING REQUIRED WHEN ROOF LIVE LOAD > 20 PSF Q 140 144'-0' © OX r mm WOODLAND 17-1 PNWILT/p1B a T BEACON HILL uw Lm 3443R DR 11010WILE FLOOR PLAN CPUfff'. JANET$. *' 10/13104 *IT A01 STANDARD FLOOR PLAN Fp•l s r e _ .a m OD FLEX 23-4 W4W BEAM VCT CONNECTION E�UN17 MAIN BEAM anu°minow WZ STANDARD . 38 114' F00IIN0 19-4 1/z N a•r P � ,y OAS M e 9-9 1. THS DRAWING IB TO INLET P 'i ' BE USED D4 CONJUNC- T� NATER ION WITN THE INO- ALLATION MANUAL AND �,,,,J INLET SUPPLEMENT& NLVN o PANEL 80X' 14-2 3/e FOOTINGS ARE BROWN OR EXAMPLE ONLY. � DRAIN OUTLET n I`+ - UANTRY AND BPACNO MAY VARY BAKED ON PAC MNNB 17-9 1/2 A UNIT g TYPE, SOIL CONDITIONS m FURNACE a Y 7`----------- – — –18ARNAGEIAE-------- w `I j` 4 ` �I.. m m E17—j— 0-1 ---------Q-- —ammm' a811 • wsT8 WOODLAND MOVAU 17-t BEACON HILL NaL 3443R mvan lmE POST DATA PIER LAYOUT UVE LOAD: 30 Les. 30K ROOF LOAD WEL 10UTIGN 1Y PIES W A A A 2800 a °� JANET S. a 11'-1 1/4' A 8000 ��° 1011BN{ F- 1'-1 l 4 9 C 30'-5• A 7800 LI � C 30'-5' B CHA9S23 INFO 70 SP.lE1 D 41'-0' D 44'-0' A 2.00 a 1. 1. SPACING 99 1/V. WZ Rw ' 6lL�'PT P1?R LDAD I5 COIBIDiED IN Rp}®ZR ABOVE I -BEAN SIZE 9' ALL 171BB344JR e _ .a m OD FLEX 23-4 W4W BEAM VCT CONNECTION E�UN17 MAIN BEAM anu°minow 14-1 1/2 MNNB a e _ .a m OD FLEX 23-4 W4W BEAM VCT CONNECTION E�UN17 MAIN BEAM anu°minow X12 Foundation System Installation Instructions for California for Ground & Concrete Systems HUD Wind Zoite 1, 0(2 OG iv PSF Wind Load Seismic 4 0- - 6 cp-,- By Tie Down Engineerinif *= ;� "- y ran wavju! X12 Concrete System Engineer Approval State Approval »�e�a�>�en��tt� arcwe >ee�:za�.sai�t coa�>etraca�svt . �tscaysa. Ct7bab�c�a� c�ase�eao.�asvr�rn� rpt sis'i�;or �ts.�+►�s�rsrxis ra�iaw� ►i>�s V.- Page 1 Of 8 1 09/15/05 THU 08:51 I DOWN' ENVIN RIN (T%/R% NO 92861 0 001 �c FLE OIOO Beacon Hill Series Model 3443R i31g4, • 2 Baths • 1,026 Square Feet OPT. WDW. OPT WDW Z�ENTRANCE 2243 FEATHER RIVER BLVD. OROVILLE, CA 95965 (530) 532-3301 gat v i .`aY - � d V •� �J� �`� .1-�• s.,ti .: � Ali �'Sa� . FR NT DOOR LOCATION ,, I-• ; •-______ ,. OPT. RECESSED OPT. ANGLED ENTRY RECESSED ENTRY Fleetwood Homes reserves the right to change colors, prices, specifications, models, dimensions and materials without notice. Rendering and diagrams are meant to be representative and, in keeping with Fleetwood's policy of constant updating and improvement, may vary from the actual home. All dimensions are nominal and approximated. Square footage is measured from exterior wall to exterior wall, and is an approximate figure. Length indicated in floorplans is floor length only. The length of the hitch is not included. (Add four feet to arrive at transportable length.) Ask your retailer for specifics. PRICES AND SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE OR OBLIGATION. BH/17/MAY05 a Xi2 Foundation System Installation Instructions for California for Ground & Concrete Systems HUD Wind Zone 1, 15 Dec Wind toad Seismic 4 By Tie Down Engineering Updated: 8/29/20os REQUIREMENTS • These plans and specifications meet the requirements of Title 25 Section 1336.3 Sub Section A and 97 UBC Seismic Requirements, CBC 2001 addition. • Maximum vertical projection at sidewall is 9'. Higher walls may be used when the design loads are adjusted accordingly and approved by HUD. • Main rail spacing must be 75.5" - 99.5" • Additional vertical anchor ties that are unique to a home's design may be required by the home manufacturer. These locations may include shear walls, marriage line ridge beam support posts, and rim Plates. The longitudinal component of the 42 system replaces end frame ties. Check manufacturers set-up requirements. • Maximum pier height is 48" pier. Contact Tie Down If piers exceed these heights. HUD approval required. • Steel piers must be fastened to the I-beam with clamps provided with steel pier. • Systems must be placed as evenly as possible, no more than 10' from end of home. • Additional systems may be needed for roof slopes greater than 20 degrees, (4.37" in 12" Pitch ) See page 7. Additional Requirements for Concrete Systems • Poured concrete must be 2,500 PSI minimum at 28 days. • Square concrete pads minimum is 18" wide by 12" deep. Round concrete pads minimum is 18" wide by 14" deep. Strip footings minimum is 18", wide by 14' long by 6" deep. X12 components exceed HUD code 3280.306g "Anchoring equipment exposed to weathering shall have a resistance to weather deterioration at least equivalent to that provided by a coating of zinc on steel of not less than 0.30 'ounces per square foot of surface coating...." Pace 2 --of 8 � 09/15/05 THU 08:31 1T%/R% NO 92861 121002 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10 Installation of X12 Ground Systems Identify the number of systems to be used on the home using the chart provided. Identify the location where the systems will be installed. Clear all organic matter and debris from the pad site. Place U -bolts through holes In pan provided. Place pad centered under beam with the lateral strut bracket towards the inside of the home. Press or drive pan into ground until level and flush with prepared surface. Build pier according to State, Local or Home Manufacturers guldelines.(Figura 1) Attach the end of the smaller tube to the inside of pan using U -bolt & nuts provided Attach the flag end of the larger tube to the opposite I-beam using the "J" bolt over the top of the I-beam with the nut & washer provided. (Figure 2) Install a minimum of four.(#12 x 1" tek screws) self -tapping screws into the holes provided in the lateral.strut so that the two tubes are connected together. (Figure 1) 1-3/4" Tube Uteral Struts r22)x( be4-1" Tek Samwo U-00ft & mounting Figure 1 Brooket J^Bolt Hut A Washer NP ag end) 1 --Beam Figure 2 V/ • Install frame bracket clamps to I-beam on in side of block/pier. Do not tighten nuts at this time. Attach longitudinal strut to U -bolt in pan using nuts provided. Insert strut in the frame bracket clamp, attach with nut and bolt. Do not tighten at this time. Pull the frame bracket clamp with the fastened strut outward to remove any slack. Tighten all nuts and bolts on the struts and beam clamps. 09/15/05 TSU 08:31 I:T%/R% NO 92861 1?1003 Xi2 Ground Parts Detail X12 Ground System Includes: 5' Strut, pad & hardware. Part Number 59306 LSD Hardware Kit Includes: 2 I-beam brackets & 2 U -bolts with all nuts and bolts. Part Number 59331 Struts for Longitudinal Systems Part Strut Pier Height No. Length Up To: 59330-30 30" 2 Blocks or 18" 59330-39 39" 3 Blocks or 24" 59330-44 44" 4 Blocks or 32" 59330-53 53" 5 Blocks or 40" 59330-65 65" 6 Blocks or 48" ' LA ® e9 will 10 10 Ground Longitudlnal Hardware Kit X12 Ground system Longitudinal Strut & Hardware Kit Ground Longitudinal Strut Xi2 Stabilization Pier Placement for Ground or Concrete 30^ Anchor wlvertical strap or frame tie wlstabilizer plate, Additional System for • within 10' of end of home homes over 80' Xi2 Pier Placement Single Section Home 0 -80' (76' Box) 2 XI2 Systems (1) Over 80' (76' Box)3 Xi2 Systems Double Section Home 0 -80' (76' Box) 3 Xi2 Systems" (1) Over - 80' (76' Box) 4 X12 Systems Triple Section Home 0 -80' (76' Box) 4 Xi2 Systems (1) Over - 80' (76' Box) 5 XI2 Systems NOTE: Diagram represents single section up to 16' width, double section up to 31' width, and triple section homes up to 46.5' width. Single section homes have an "overturning momere in high winds, requiring two anchors per side. 2 X12 systems can be placed at either end of the home. N tom.- IF 09/18/08 THU 08:31 1T%/RX NO 92863 la 004 Installation of X12 Concrete Systems 1. Identify the number of systems to be used on the home using the chart provided. 2. Identify the location where the systems will be installed. 3. Build pier according to State, Local or Home Manufacturers guidelines. 4. Drill two 3/8"x 3" deep holes in the concrete using holes In galvanized bracket as a guide. Attach bracket to concrete pad using 3/8"x3-1/2" wedge anchors provided. Place nut & washer on anchor, leave enough room for 1 to 2 threads '4�r showing on top of bolt. Using a hammer, tap the wedge bolts into hole through bracket, leaving nut & washer flush with bracket. Using a 9/16" socket wrench, tighten wedge/anchor bolt, securing bracket to the concrete. 5. Attach the end of the smaller tube to the bracket mounted on the pad, using the grade 5,1/2" x 2-1/2" bolt/nut provided. I 6. Attach the flag end of the larger tube to the opposite I-beam using the "J" bolt over the top of the I-beam with the nut & washer provided. (Figura i next page) 7. Install a minimum of four (#12 x 1" tek screws) self -tapping screws into the holes provided in the lateral strut so that the two tubes are connected together (Figure 2 nuts page), 8. Install frame bracket clamps on I-beam on the Inside of block/pier. 9. Insert strut in frame bracket clamp and attach with nut & bolt. Attach opposite end to concrete bracket. 10. Pull the frame bracket clamp with fastened strut outward to remove any slack. 11. Tighten all nuts and bolts on system. 09/15/05 TSU 08:31 (T%/R% NO 92861 Q005 Vl Figure 2 ell� of Noire J -001t Nut & Washer Seam Clamp Bracket ............. . Figure X12 Installation Placement Page 6 of 8 Ae;rn 09/15/05 TSU 08:31 1T%/RX NO 92861 0006 Xi2 Longitudinal Concrete Installations - 1 -31408 Tube Lateral Struts Iii L• 1-1/2" Tube 4 - #12 x I" I&M Q 7ek Screws Vl Figure 2 ell� of Noire J -001t Nut & Washer Seam Clamp Bracket ............. . Figure X12 Installation Placement Page 6 of 8 Ae;rn 09/15/05 TSU 08:31 1T%/RX NO 92861 0006 30" Anchor w/vertical strap • or frame tie w/stabilizer plate, within 10' of end of home Offset Placement Additional System for I-- homes over 80' X12 Pier Placement Jill -„ ope„ i Diagrams represent examples of double and triple section offsets. Total size is determined by the length of unit plus offset. Xi2 System Requirements for Roof Pitches Higher than 20 degrees Page -„ ope„ ., ,9 �.. + ! I 1 i 1' CAS :�11_;A + II t^.• A C .y3 Ic'n�t a�,. flt � ,.,•..=ri I•t Il��lllllrnili�l,.11�.!%e!�li? UII I i I ��l,�iM1II i72S�!plull w".p.aUAJ I Elm, Page 7 of 8 09/15/05 THU 08:31 IT%/R% NO 92861 Z007 !� Installation Notes 09/15/05 THU 08:31 ITZ/R$ NO 92861 Z008 Butte County Building Division MANUFACTURED HOME SUPPORT DATA Owner's name: 5trejezAw A. P.# 0 2 (,-- - 0 0 - 40 Home Manufacturer: 3 H14 S R Manufacture Year: ®CI Model Number / Name: r Width: J `-F (ft.) Length: 4 -f (ft.) FOOTINGS: Wood - pressure treated or foundation grade[ Vrotherj ] SUPPORTS: Concrete block[ Q,6ther:[ ] Provide manufacturer's installation manual, support blocking requirements and state approved or engineered foundation or tie down system specifications. 1 Pier Footing Sizes and Locations X F-0-1 �- SINGLE WIDE MULTI -WIDE Line1 ------------------------------------------------------------- Line 1 Line 2 Section 1 Line 2 Line1 ��----------------------------------------------------------- Line 3 Section 2 Line 1 Piers: Minimum size piers: Spacing maximum: From ends maximum Line 2 Piers: Minimum size piers: Spacing maximum: From ends maximum: Line 3 Roof Loads: Minimum size piers: Location (from front): Minimum size piers: Location (continued): Line 4 Roof Loads: Minimum size piers: Location (from front): Minimum size piers: Location (continued): S0� - Line 2 -- ----------------------------------------------- ----------A"� Line 4 (triple wide only) ------------ -- 3 ------------------------------------ Line 2 Sect Snow Load: o Ad psf [ )c [ ] Snow Load requirements may be obtained at " http://www.upstate-ca.com/butte/butte_county/ F77/ Insert AP #, view snow load in lower right corner. Line 1 Openings: [ ] X [ Minimum size pier: [ �,,) X [, i 414 ] ' Q 'f Required at each side of openings over I i O oil I q o "wide. (t-) C21 MAIN BEAM'FOOTING CONFIGURATIONS AND SPACING 12 WIDEN - MULTIPLE SECTIONS: SECTION "A";I ` �'`> -- 1 SECTION "B" 1 1 1 1 1 1 BP�GNO VAR@9 sFF SECTION "C" �,:� Tnele �_ i __♦____;___� ■ MAIN BEAM FOOTINGS These tables determine the footing pad configuration and footing spacing along the main beams of the section(s). Refer to pages 13 and 14 for footing pad configuration details. Review the table that indicates the footing type you are going to use. Refer to page 17 for the procedure on using the tables. -2 X 12 X 24" WOOD FOOTINGS RoofMAXIMUM Live(:, Load (Psf) c) n W MAIN BEAM FOOTING, SPACING (In Feet) Sgl. Pad Footing 'Dbl. Pad Footing Triple Pad Footing Main Beam Size Main Beam Size Main Beam Size 87 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12- 20' 1000 T-6" T-6" T-6" i7'� T T1` 8' 10' 11' 20 1500 5'-6" 5'-6" 5'-6" 8' 10' 11' 8' 10' 12' 20 2000 T 7' T 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 20 3000 8' 10' 10' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' r2O 4000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' Main Beam Piers - Footing placement to start at no more than one foot (1'-0" to edge of pier) from comer of the home. Exception - Footings may start at no more than two feet (2'-0" to the edge of pier) from eachs Omer of the home PROVIDED that the next o.c. footing is moved three feet (3'-0") closer to it. (See sketch below.) I 1 1 •-----f--------- a ------rte --� TVP. O.C. O.C. SPACING SPACING MINUS 3'-0' - f'- 1 8" X 16" X 4" CONCRETE FOOTINGS Roof Live Load (PSI) 2.,=. U a co MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Dbl. Pad Footing Triple Pad Footing Two Dbl Pad Ftng. Main Beam Size Main Beam Size Main Beam Size 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12- 20 1000 T-6" T-6" T-6" 5' 5' 5' T T T 20 1500 5' 5' 5' 7'-6" T-6" T-6" 8' 10' 10' 20 2000 T 7' T 8' 10' 10' 8' 10' 12' 20 3000 8' 10' 10' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 20 4000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 16" X 16" X 4" CONCRETE FOOTINGS Roof Live Load (P s u S. N co a U) MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Sgl. Pad Footing Dbl. Pad Footing Two Dbl Pad Ftng. Main Beam Size Main Beam Size Main Beam Size 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 20 1000 T-6" T-6" T-6" T T 7' 8' 10' 12' 20 1500 5' 5' 5' 8' 10' 10' 8' 10' 12' 20 2000 7' T T 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 20 3000 8' 10' 10' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 20 4000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' FOR HOMES IN 30 PSF OR HIGHER ROOF ZONES, USE PERIMETER PIERING AS SHOWN ON FOLLOWING PAGE. BUTTE COUNTY UiLDING" �D1V1'-. i0F�� Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 127FLEEMOOD. Page 20 Copyright 02004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. LEG E N D . -- RECEPTACLE SNITCH OT THERMOSTAT 10'-7 7/8' S'� 17 76-P W-4 /B' T -T 1/4' ® 80MAIARM lliaTUff �R Yam 60 r-OID.DOI>S L mr *LIGHT FIXTURE {S M ®E16UdJ8T FAN BATH Z w OR • 6AIN1 ® VIDEO DIGITAL ' CABLE PANEL BO BEDRDOki Aa L • It °p� ° VIDEO DIGITAL ® CAME OUTLET I 1 �aao + + HE 00 1 f e • • FAN FAN WILIGH HAL T ��� a O L 1 PAMELBO1l � D 4 — ---- _, � RAO RETURN AR L \GRILLE lL Ln BYI 'P ) $ ®'d CR06SOV61 LOCATION/ '�� 31 1 • AIR FUPPLY MCA O SUPPORT POST -� LNDIBROOMSHEAMU t � A 140 It 44'-U' BEa+mxT i QB 1401144'-0' © 031 � �. C I �' ao1 YJON91 t�91 VJOS%A YEW � "�mpumomMI vworn,Arm D- 2W -W. t4a' IDL N "t 44'-0• vamlcrw•e 9 a r BEACON HDL IIODa Na 3443R MkV=TIRE FLOOR PIAN THIS FLOOR PLAN MAY BE BULT N AN EXACT MIRROR IMAGE MUM by: JANET S. ABOUT ITS LENGTH (SIDE TO SIDE)ANDIOR WIDTH WJ TO END) A7CIB POST AND SPLICE R/WGE0MENSEND.T HS(FRMOOMR CHARTS)AME TO BE STARTED AT THE REAR OF ENO TO �tC 10/1S(04 THIS FLOOR PLAN AND ATTACHED OPTION DETAILS QFAPPLICABLE) IS DESIGNED TO MEET THE FOLLOWING STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS: WIND ZONE(S): 1 ROOF LOAD(S): 30 LBS PERIMETER PIERING REQUIRED WHEN ROOF LIVE LOAD > 20 PSF STANDARD FLOOR PLAN e L E G E N G CTASINLET_ � o+ OD FLEX !VCT 23-4 MAIN BEAM CONNECTION 9 --UNIT MAIN BEAM nL�unoN 6TANDARD . 38 114' 19-4 1/2 FOOTING t. TKS ORAWBNI IB TO LINtZT o PANEL Box 14—z 3/B • ' BE USED IN CONAINC- ION WITH THS INS- DRAIN OUTLET 17-9 1/2 n ALGUIPPL MANUAL AND A -UNIT BAFFLEMENT& EAM FOONNOSAREBHOPM DR EItANPIP ONLY. �i gUANTRY AND SPAChN P AY VARY BASED MPAC PE. SOIL CONDOIONS 14-1 1/2 WUNB m E-"'� W OA� • MARRIAGE L04E A `I ''- r �y I I ♦n. < }am nil C` ❑ �. -----D- -- ---Q 3B v 'EAM WOODLAND 17-t 44'a' PFW=m n BEACON HILL Nm6 800. 3443R • =Von ME .DST DATA PIER LAYOUT LIVE IDAD: 30 LBS. 30# ROOF LOAD LA3EL IOCATIOY IT PIER A A A a .2800 DfNFNaT: JANET S. a 141-114• A logo °AIM 3 141-11/4, a 10118104 C 3D1-5' A 7800 LL. IRT c 7o. -S' B CHASSIS INFO 30 SP.1E1 D 44'-D A 2,00 N.R. SPACING 99 1/2' vpZ R>Y D 44'-D' B ' 6MFTT PIIR LOAD IS C0143INED IN UMER ABOVE I -BEAN SIEE 8' A:I 111BB3447R e CTASINLET_ � o+ OD FLEX !VCT 23-4 MAIN BEAM CONNECTION 9 --UNIT MAIN BEAM nL�unoN — �N o PANEL Box 14—z 3/B • DRAIN OUTLET 17-9 1/2 n A -UNIT FURNACE 14-1 1/2 WUNB e � o+ OD FLEX !VCT 23-4 MAIN BEAM CONNECTION 9 --UNIT MAIN BEAM nL�unoN — LE OIDD Beacon Hill Series Model 3443R eIRLA2L _ • 2 Baths • 1,026 Square Feet ENTRANCE OPT. FRONT DOOR LOCATION OPT. RECESSED OPT. ANGLED ENTRY RECE55ED ENTRY ? 7 � F-�' 2243 FEATHER RIVER BLVD. OROVILLE, CA 95965 (530) 532-3301 9 ^, Fleetwood Homes reserves the right to change colors, prices, specifications, models, dimensions and materials without notice. Rendering and diagrams are meant to be representative and, In keeping with Fleetwood's policy of constant updating and Improvement, may vary from the actual home. All dimensions are nominal and approximated. Square footage is measured from exterior wall to exterior wall, and is an approximate figure. Length Indicated in floorplans is floor length only. The length of the hitch is not Included. (Add four feet to arrive at transportable length.) Ask your retailer for specifics. PRICES AND SPECIFICATIONS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE OR OBLIGATION. BH/17/MAY05 X12 Foundation System Installation Instructions for California for Ground & Concrete Systems HUD Wind Zone 1, 15 PSF Wind Load Seismic 4 By 'Tie Down Engineering MCA °B LJTT ''C' `N1TY VF APPROVED - rart WOU307 X12 Concrete System Engineer Approval State Approval �uuitcr�eia�santti�ct�aroWe nax::za�.s�i�t cac�s,�t Cta��nxsa AMMAt io=MT,A M-Atrr*sMT evrseaa�oe�svr�i�ro�+► tt� mor A"z3dMKxfrAi %AW8,AM3tAGWi7►1 Page 1 of 8 • Sob S ; + e_ 09/15/05 THU 08:31 (T%/R% No 92861 2001 X 2 Foundation System Installation Instructions for California for Ground & Concrete Systems HUD Wind Zone i, 1.5 PSP Wind toad Seismic 4 By Tie Down Engineering Updated: 8/29/2oo5 REQUIREMENTS • These plans and specifications meet the requirements of Title 25 Section 1336.3 Sub Section A and 97 UBC Seismic Requirements, CBC 2001 addition. • Maximum vertical projection at sidewall is 9'. Higher walls may be used when the design loads are adjusted accordingly and approved by HUD. • Main rail spacing must be 75.511- 99.5" • Additional vertical anchor ties that are unique to a home's design may be required by the home manufacturer. These locations may include shear walls, marriage line ridge beam support posts; and rim plates. The longitudinal component of the )02 system replaces end frame ties. Check manufacturers set-up requirements. • Maximum pier height is 48" pier. Contact Tie Down if piers exceed these heights. HUD approval required. • Steel piers must be fastened to the I-beam with clamps provided with steel pier. • Systems must be placed as evenly as possible, no more than 10' from end of home. • Additional systems may be needed for roof slopes greater than 20 degrees, (4.37" in 12" Pitch ) See page 7. Additional Requirements for Concrete Systems • Poured concrete must be 2,500 PSI minimum at 28 days. • Square concrete pads minimum is 18" wide by 12" deop. Round concrete pads minimum is 18" wide by 14" deep. Strip footings minimum is 18" wide by 14' long by 6" deep. K2 components exceed HUD code 3280.3068 "Anchoring equipment exposed to weathering shall have a resistance to weather deterioration at least equivalent to that provided by a coating of zinc on steel of not less than 0.30 ounces per square foot of surface coating...." `D Page 2 -of 6 Q 09/15/05 THU 08:31 (TX/R% NO 92861 121 002 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10 Installation of X12 Ground Systems ' � `;' ;;�,>, ��� ��IT cIf' N Identify the number of systems to be used on the home using the chart provided.`''" � Identify the location where the systems will be installed. Clear all organic matter and debris from the pad site. ' Place U -bolts through holes In pan provided. Place pad centered under beam with the lateral strut bracket towards the inside of the home. Press or drive pan into ground until level and flush with prepared surface. Build pier according to State, Local or Home Manufacturers guldellnes.(Flgure i) Attach the end of the smaller tube to the Inside of pan using U -bolt & nuts provided Attach the flag end of the larger tube to the opposite I-beam using the "J" bolt over the top of the I-beam with the nut & washer provided. (Figura2) Install a minimum of four. (#12 x 1" tek screws) self -tapping screws into the holes provided in the lateral .strut so that the two tubes are connected together. (Figure f) • 1-314n Tuba J-Bo/t Hut & Washer Lateral strutso 't f ...- ag and) •�.. "��¢it 3;.ki+i{� '"•b• 'Y��•�'d�Aj{R�rt ,P'S••!'i,.... yC ,�'•,•� ey. 1-1/2" Tube •t'�`- e•+;i2r �,.._ f C�nlyii���•til�4hhi� !.i. r.1'r v�,i �iU• h*31i. 4 - #12X7" *; ;•;':.51_'^.' 1••:; •'+ .f • i .l 4` 1 h � , Ct1CW8 Will Y. �G•'Y: �cr: ,;l St `I i-B@arf7 ``'}ai.; ? �'x^ Sxt'sa��w, Y/ Rgure 2 U-0011 & mounting Figure 1Bracket �-�' ;-• end of !1°re Install frame bracket clamps to I-beam on in side of block/pier, Do not tighten nuts at this time. Attach longitudinal strut to U -bolt in pan using nuts provided. Insert strut in the frame bracket clamp, attach with nut and bolt. Do not tighten at this time. Pull the frame bracket clamp with the fastened strut outward to remove any slack. Tighten all nuts and bolts on the struts and beam clamps. :59k I. 2-1- t F 09/15/05 TSU 08:31 (T%/R% NO 92861 0 003 Xi2 Ground Parts Detail X12 Ground System Includes: 5' Strut, pad & hardware. Part Number 59306 LSD Hardware Kit Includes: 2 I-beam brackets & 2 U -bolts with all nuts and bolts. Part Number 59331 Struts for Longitudinal Systems Part Strut Pier Height No. Length Up To: 59330-30 30" 2 Blocks or 18" 59330-39 39" 3 Blocks or 24" 59330-44 44" 4 Blocks or 32" 59330-53 53" 5 Blocks or 40" 59330-65 65" 6 Blocks or 48" y$ r 1q .f ' F7AW" Ground Longitudinal Hardware Kit �2 Ground Longitudinal Strut & Hardware Kit Ground Longitudinal Strut Xi2 Stabilization Pier Placement for Ground or Concrete 30" Anchor w/vertical strap or frame tie w/stabilizer plate, Additional System for within 10' of end of home homes over 80' Xi2 Pier Placement Single Section Home 0 -80' (76' Bax) 2 X12 Systems (1) Over 80' (76' Box)3 X12 Systems Double Section Home 0 -80' (76' Box) 3 Xi2 Systems* (1) Over - 80' (76' Box) 4 X12 Systems Triple Section Home 0 -80' (76' Box) 4 Xi2 Systems (1) Over - 80' (76' Box) 5 X12 Systems NOTE: Diagram represents single section up to 16' width, double section up to 31' width, and triple section homes up to 46.5' width. Single section homes have an "overturning moment" in high winds, requiring two anchors per side. " 2 X12 systems can be placed at either and of the home. N wv-tF 09/15/05 THU 08:31. (T%/RX NO 92863 IRI004 Installation of X12 Concrete Systems WA D 1. Identify the number of systems to be used on the home using the chart provided. 2. Identify the location where the systems will be installed. 3. Build pier according to State, Local or Home Manufacturers guidelines. 4. Drill two 3/8"x 3" deep holes In the concrete using holes In galvanized bracket as a guide. Attach bracket to concrete pad using 3/8"x3-1/2" wedge anchors .T provided. Place nut & washer on anchor, leave enough room for 1 to 2 threads showing on top of bolt. Using a hammer, tap the wedge bolts into hole through ... bracket, leaving nut & washer flush with bracket. Using a 9/16" socket wrench, tighten wedge/anchor bolt securing bracket to the concrete. 5. Attach the end of the smaller tube to the bracket mounted on the pad, using the grade 5,1/2" x 2-1/2" bolt/nut provided. 6. Attach the flag end of the larger tube to the opposite I-beam using the "J" bolt over the top of the I-beam with the nut &washer provided. (Figure I next page) 7. Install a minimum of four (#12 x 1" tek screws) self -tapping screws into the holes provided in the lateral strut so that the two tubes are connected together (Figure 2 next Page). S. Install frame bracket clamps on I-beam on the inside of block/pier. 9. Insert strut in frame bracket clamp and attach with nut & bolt. Attach opposite end to concrete bracket. 1 ' 0. Pull the frame bracket clamp with fastened strut outward to remove any slack. 11. Tighten all nuts and bolts on system. 09/13/05 TSU 08:31 CTI/R% NO 92861 Q005 X12 Longitudinal Concrete Installations- r ' y Y.•e' Ai 0 5nd o f Home �':� r?�':�:�:.:_'_•- _ %,�„=,meq. Long J -Bort lut & Washer Beam Clamp Bracket Fleure ! X12 Installation Placement Page 6 of 8 SP -1k. 17J • If 09/15/05 THU 08:31 'Beam r kD (T%/R% NO 92861 1]006 30" Anchor w/vertical strap • or frame tie w/stabilizer plate, within 10' of end of home Offset Placement Additional System for L-- homes over 80' P BUTTE COUNTY APPROVED �. X12 Pier Placement Diagrams represent examples of double and triple section offsets. Total size is determined by the length of unit plus offset. Xi2 System Requirements for Roof Pitches Higher than 20 degrees Pace 7 of 8 5 4. f21- If 09/15/05 THU 08:31 1T%/R1 NO 92861 Z007 -„ Pitch/De,Slope „ 5. ,. ' 116�IJill� Ill mnYr;n,trr." �I� �w,l', r;1 �'��i� iuli� ��,��1u tit" Man t� �i^a��l�llltl n r� !i•�:.lil;��fl , ;w•It II'�1. r� ;�...,; Vi .11.I�r�Ili .. ,: 4.... nd.. �lilil'�r'I;11iS;"r"ii.l?I`'( e1t11� "111 in I �mliiI.i,�r;L3.F_ it �intl} r:�1 t, �1fI1��i11G'rfa<a�! 1 RM EM Pace 7 of 8 5 4. f21- If 09/15/05 THU 08:31 1T%/R1 NO 92861 Z007 Installation Notes 09/15/05 THU 08:31 :rttric 7 1T%/RZ NO 92861 11008 Z eldlrffllffl installation INanual Dili ­, s FOA C3 installation INanual NOTE CONSUMER INFORMATION CARDS Keep this manual with your manufactured home. Title VI of the Housing and Community Development Act of 1974 provides you with protection against certain construction and safety hazards in your manufactured home. To help assure your protection, the manufacturer of your manufactured home needs the information which these cards, when completed and mailed, will supply. If you bought your home from a retailer, please by sure that your retailer has completed and mailed a card for you. If you acquired your home from someone who is not a retailer, you should promptly fill out and send a card to the manufacturer. It is important that you keep this manual and give it to any person who buys the manufactured home from you. HOUSING GROUP CUSTOMER SATISFACTION DEPT FLEETWOOD ENTERPRISES INC W PO BOX 7638 J Q RIVERSIDE CA 92513-9953 N cn LL J_ i d W27FLEETWOIOD. w Q NO POSTAGE NECESSARY _ O IF MAILED d IN THE C UNITED STATES 3 O BUSINESS REPLY MAIL IN THE LL Q 0 G FIRST-CLASS MAIL PERMIT NO 959 RIVERSIDE CA pZ d POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE HOUSING GROUP CUSTOMER SATISFACTION DEPT FLEETWOOD ENTERPRISES INC W PO BOX 7638 J Q RIVERSIDE CA 92513-9953 N cn LL J_ i d w Q 'wZ;rFLEE7WOIOD. NO POSTAGE _ O NECESSARY H- w ,� IF MAILED IN THE Q 0 UNITED STATES pZ a ~ cnBUSINESS 0 REPLY MAIL V W i W V FIRST-CLASS MAIL PERMIT NO 959 RIVERSIDE CA w a p 0 POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE Z Lu -iQ LL HOUSING GROUP CUSTOMER SATISFACTION DEPT W w FLEETWOOD ENTERPRISES INC 0 N PO BOX 7638 N W W p RIVERSIDE CA 92513-9953 cn O Z Lu J a i~ cn J_ i G1 W Q �FLEEMOIOD. NO POSTAGE 0 NECESSARY W IF MAILED IN THE Q } L UNITED STATES p Z H < L BUSINESS REPLY MAIL 0 W 3 FIRST-CLASS MAIL PERMIT NO 959 RIVERSIDE CA O O d W p POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE aQ N HOUSING GROUP CUSTOMER SATISFACTION DEPT J I FLEETWOOD ENTERPRISES INC 0N Ill PO BOX 7638 J CA 92513-9953 W W N RIVERSIDE cn O 0. CONSUMER INFORMATION CARD PURCHASERS NAME ADDRESS } I CITY STATE ZIP PHONE hI z SOLD BY (RETAILER) cc ADDRESS 3I a CITY STATE J DATE SOLD ZIP w w ¢ INSTALLATION ADDRESS OF MANUFACTURED HOME ADDRESS CITY STATE ZIP DATE OF MANUFACTURE: MONTH _ DAY _ YEAR _ PRODUCT NAME: S SERI cc N. F z z w DESIGN WIND ZONE w DESIGN WIND ZONE Thermal Zone DESIGN ROOF LOAD Thermal Zone LL _WIND ZONE 115 PSF _WIND ZONE 111110 MPH -South -20 PSF DESIGN ROOF LOAD Thermal Zone `t _WIND ZONE II 100 MPH _OTHER MPH _S _M- Middle -30 PSF 1 LL _PSF _N - North - 40 PSF_ Other_ PSF - 2 _3 CONSUMER INFORMATION CARD PURCHASERS NAME ADDRESS PURCHASERS NAME CITY STATE ZIP PHONE Y z z w ¢ w z 3 0 a. w J a h LU cc SOLD BY (RETAILER) ADDRESS CITY STATE ZIP DATE SOLD ADDRESS CITY INSTALLATION ADDRESS OF MANUFACTURED HOME STATE ZIP t— w ¢ ADDRESS CITY INSTALLATION ADDRESS OF MANUFACTURED HOME STATE ZIP DATE OF MANUFACTURE: MONTH _ DAY _ YEAR _ PRODUCT NAME: SERI F NOAL z w DESIGN WIND ZONE z Thermal Zone d LL WIND ZONE 1 15 PSF WIND ZONE III 110 MPH LU DESIGN WIND ZONE DESIGN ROOF LOAD Thermal Zone 6WIND ZONE 1 15 PSF WIND ZONE III 110 MPH S - South - 20 PSF LL WIND ZONE 11100 MPH MPH 1 -Middle -30 PSF _OTHER _PSF _M _N - North - 40 PSF_ Other_ PSF - 2 _3 CONSUMER INFORMATION CARD PURCHASERS NAME ADDRESS CITY STATE ZIP PHONE w SOLD BY (RETAILER) i ADDRESS 3 a CITY STATE ZIP LU DATE SOLD R t— w ¢ ADDRESS CITY INSTALLATION ADDRESS OF MANUFACTURED HOME STATE ZIP DATE OF MANUFACTURE: MONTH _ DAY _ YEAR _ PRODUCT NAME: SERI NOAL L_ z w DESIGN WIND ZONE DESIGN ROOF LOAD Thermal Zone d LL WIND ZONE 1 15 PSF WIND ZONE III 110 MPH S - South - 20 PSF WIND ZONE II 100 MPH -OTHER MPH _ M - Middle - 30 PSF 1 _PSF _N - North - 40 PSF_ Other_ PSF - 2 _3 TABLE OF CONTENTS Foreword Chapter 1 - Introduction Introduction, Before You Begin, Zone Maps, Material Specifications Chapter 2 - Definitions Chapter 3 - Site Preparation Zones, Site Grading, Vegetation Control, Soil Bearing Capacity APPROVED PFS Corporation Madison WI - 9 6/8/04 HUD Manufactured Home Construction & Safety Standard 1 7 0 Chapter 4 - Foundation 11 Footing Pads & Piers, Concrete & Metal Piers, Perimeter Piers, Pier & Tiedown Spacing, Pre -Poured Footings, Mating Line Piers, Piering for Porches & Decks Chapter 5 -Installation Procedure 39 Positioning & Leveling Home, Floor & Roof Connections, Ground Anchors & Straps, Crossover Connections (plumbing, drain, gas, heat duct, electrical), Bottom Board Repair, Unfinished Gypsum, Multi -Wide Close Up Chapter 6 - Installation of Optional Features 59 Interior & Exterior Lights, Ceiling Fans, Telephones, Awnings -Deck -Carport -Patio Covers, Skirting, Pipe Heating Cable, Windows & Door, Axles Chapter 7 - Preparation of Appliances 63 Dryer Vent, Air Conditioning, Furnace, Fireplace, Range/Cook Top/Oven, Water Heater, Kitchen Sink, Bath Tub, Shower Chapter 8 - Utility System Connection and Testing 65 Electrical Connection, Grounding, Water Connection, Utility Service Test, Gas Test, Water Test, Electrical Test, Drain Test The division of topics shown above conforms to NCSBCS/ANSI A225.1 - 94 FOREWORD TO THE HOMEOWNER: Thank you for purchasing a Fleetwood manufactured home. This installation manual contains instructions that must be followed for the proper installation of your home. We strongly recommend you review the entire manual. WARNING INSTALLATION OF YOUR MANUFACTURED HOME SHOULD BE PERFORMED BY PROFESSIONAL CONTRACTORS WHO HAVE BEEN TRAINED IN SETUP AND INSTALLATION SKILLS. LAYPERSONS UNFAMILIAR WITH THESE SKILLS WHO ATTEMPT INSTALLATION COULD CAUSE PERSONAL INJURY TO THEMSELVES AND OTHERS, AND/OR DAMAGE TO THE HOME. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS IN THIS MANUAL MAY AFFECT YOUR WARRANTY COVERAGE. Fleetwood manufactures and warrants this home to be in compliance with the Federal Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards in effect at the time of production. For warranty information see the Fleetwood Home Owner's Guide. To.maintain an effective warranty, the home must be installed in accordance with the instructions in this manual. This home is specifically designed to withstand certain structural, wind, and climate zones. When properly installed and prepared for the prevailing weather conditions at the chosen site, the home will provide a satisfactory and comfortable residence. The home manufacturer is not responsible for the integrity of the home in conditions more rigorous than those for which it is designed. Nor is the home manufacturer responsible for damage caused by failure to adequately prepare the home for extreme temperatures or other climate conditions that may be encountered. ITEMS REQUIRING YOUR SPECIFIC ATTENTION: Carefully review the information provided on the following pages prior to installing your home. SITE PREPARATION - Page 9. Provides specific information necessary to prepare the site where your home will be located. Please note the information regarding water drainage and ground barrier. FOOTING PADS - Page 13 & 14. In areas where the ground is subject to freezing, footing pads must extend below the frost line established by local jurisdictions. INSTALLATION OF OPTIONAL FEATURES - Page 59. Review this information prior to the installation of items such as carport, deck, skirting, telephone wiring or television cable. CLOTHES DRYER VENTING - Page 63. Access for a dryer vent has been provided in the utility area or room. To aid in preventing condensation problems, the dryer vent duct must terminate outside the perimeter of the home. MAIN PANEL BOX ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS - Page 65. Carefully review this entire page to insure that the electrical service is properly connected. WARNING: A 4 -wire feeder system is mandatory. You must have a ground wire connection from the service entrance to the ground bar in the panel box. FOREWORD (Cont'd.) This home is designed'to be moved by a specially, -equipped truck/tractor. The home,may be .. damaged and the warranty voided if the home -is moved, supported or lifted with equipment other than that specifically designed for this purpose. The drawings and data contained in these instructions are intended to be representative of the product. Design and specifications are subject to change without prior notice. Should you or the installer have any questions or desire further clarification, please contact your retailer. If the retailer is unable to provide the necessary information, contact the service center. Marginal Markings Vertical lines in the margin indicate and addition or a revision from the previous edition of this manual. _— Arrows in the margin indicate a portion that has been deleted since the previous edition of this manual. CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION AS YOU ARE READING THIS MANUAL, TAKE PARTICULAR NOTICE OF ITEMS THAT ARE WRITTEN IN A BOLD TEXT, OR SECTIONS THAT ARE PRECEDED BY THE FOLLOWING WORDS: WARNING - MEANS THAT THERE IS THE POSSIBILITY OF PERSONAL INJURY TO YOURSELF AND OTHERS. CAUTION - MEANS THAT THERE IS THE POSSIBILITY OF PHYSICAL DAMAGE TO THE HOME OR ITS COMPONENTS. NOTE - INDICATES TOPICS OF PARTICULAR INTEREST. WARNING THIS MANUAL GIVES INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE SAFE INSTALLATION OF A MANUFACTURED HOME. UNIQUE CONDITIONS AT A SPECIFIC INSTALLATION SITE CAN CAUSE SPECIAL PROBLEMS AND REQUIRE PARTICULAR SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. THE INDIVIDUAL SUPERVISING THE INSTALLATION MUST BE EXPERIENCED IN HOME INSTALLATION PROCEDURES IN ORDER TO EVALUATE THE SAFETY IMPLICATIONS OF SUCH MATTERS AS: SOILS, SLOPE, MOISTURE CONDITIONS, INSTALLATION EQUIPMENT, SIZE AND WEIGHT OF THE HOME, ETC. IT IS ESSENTIAL TO PERFORM THE INSTALLATION CORRECTLY AND TO MAINTAIN SAFE WORKING CONDITIONS. WARNING THIS HOME WEIGHS SEVERAL TONS! ADEQUATE SUPPORT BLOCKING MUST BE USED TO SAFEGUARD PERSONNEL AND THE STRUCTURE DURING ALL INSTALLATION PROCEDURES. PERSONNEL SHOULD NOT BE PERMITTED TO WORK UNDER THE HOME WHERE INJURY MIGHT RESULT SHOULD THE HOME ACCIDENTALLY SLIP DURING THE INSTALLATION PROCESS. Before beginning to install the home, check with local regulatory agencies for codes or regulations which may affect procedures in this manual and entries on the Compliance Certificate. Only qualified service personnel should be allowed to test the various utility systems and the connection of these systems to the on-site services. The laws of some jurisdictions may require that the service personnel possess a license. This manual depicts the most widely used method of supporting manufactured homes. Other methods which provide equal support at the same locations may be acceptable provided they do not stress the structure or cause distortion to the structure during installation. Also, other products and/or material equal to or better than those indicated may be used. The home is designed to be supported by individual piers and anchored with tiedown straps. These are collectively referred to as the support and anchoring systems. Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 Nc FLEEMOIO�D, Page 1 Copyright 02004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. INTRODUCTION (Cont'd.) Consult the service center before using a support system which does not directly support the main beams and mating line as this may result in damage to the home. The support system must resist vertical loads from the weight of the home plus temporary extra roof loading (i.e. snow), as well as resisting side loads imposed by wind forces. Consult the Compliance Certificate for design data describing the roof and wind load resistance Determine the appropriate support system for local site and wind exposure conditions. On certain pages of this manual, you will see the seal of a professional engineer. Federal guidelines only require the seal from one state to be displayed, but the details herein apply to all of the United States. Should you have any questions or desire further clarification, please contact the retailer or the regional service center. (See Chapter 2) Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1-FLEE7WOIDD, Page 2 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. BEFORE YOU BEGIN...... Carefully review the documents behind the flap in the back of this manual prior to installation of this home. 1. , COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE: The Compliance Certificate can be found either on a wall in the master bedroom closet or on a door under the kitchen sink. A copy of the Certificate is included in this manual so you can reference the structural, roof load, thermal, and wind designs. 2. FLOOR PLAN: This document is the approved floor plan of the home and includes information regarding minimum pier capacities for mating line piers, pertinent electrical information, and detailed structural requirements required by the Federal Manufactured Home Construction and Safety Standards. 3. UTILITY SCHEMATICS: These documents are the approved utility schematics and show the configuration of the different utility systems in the home --water, drain, and gas. The drain schematic will indicate any portions of the drain system that require site. installation for final assembly. Field assembly is necessary for any "shipped loose" system parts that are indicated by an asterisk (*). t 4. INSTALLATION MANUAL SUPPLEMENTS: Supplemental pages may be included with this manual outlining special features in the home that are not covered in the manual or that differ from details in the manual. 5. DESIGN ZONE MAPS: The Design Zone Maps for roof loads, heat and cooling, . and structural wind zones are shown on page 4 of the manual. Review these maps and the information on the Compliance Certificate to determine if the home site location is within the acceptable boundaries. The boundaries for structural . Wind Zones II and III have been listed by state and county to further clarify Wind Zone boundries. 6. WIND ZONES: Wind zone listings are also found on page 4 of the manual. 7. ROOF LOAD a) The roof load for which a home is labeled is a maximum. For example: A home \ labeled for 40 psf live Joad (L.L.) may be installed at any roof load not exceeding 40 psf. b) Homes labeled for roof L.L. over 20 psf that are installed in the 20 psf zone may omit the perimeter pie ring requirement. Multi le Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 p Page 3 �"FLEETWOiDD, Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. ZONE MAPS OF THE UNITED STATES NORTH SOUTH DESIGN ROOF LOADS ❑ SOUTH 20 PSF ' NORTH MIDDLE 30 PSF NOTE: Hawaii, Puerto Rico and Virgin ®NORTH ao PSF Islands are South Zone STRUCTURAL ROOF DESIGN MAP " WA OR ID NV UT CA MT ND MN SD WI MI WY NE CO KS AZ I NM n OK IA OH IL IN W MO KY TN AR MS AL GA ZONE 3 ZONE 1 ZONE 3 NH VT M ZONE II NY PA CTI NJ VA DE MD ZONE TX LA L ' AK •® ZONE II HI ZONE III (TYPICAL) ZONE III WIND ZONE II (100 MPH) The following local governments listed by state (counties / parishes, unless specified otherwise) are within Wind Zone II: Alabama North Carolina Baldwin Mobile Beaufort New Hanover Florida Brunswick Onslow All counties except those identified as Camden Pamlico being within Wind Zone III Chowan Columbus Pasqquotank Pender Georgia Craven Perquimans Bryan Glynn Currituck Tyrrell Camden Liberty Jones Washington Chatham McIntosh South Carolina Lousiana Beaufort Georgetown Acadia Allen Livingston Berkeley Horry Pointe Coupee Charleston Jasper Ascension St. Helena Colleton Williamsburg Assumption St. James Dorchester Calcasieu St. John the Baptist Cameron St. Landry Texas East Baton Rouge St. Martin Arkansas Kleberg East Feliciana St. Tammany Brazoria Matagorda Evangeline Tangipahoa Calhoun Nueces Iberia Vermilllion Cameron Orange Iberville Washington Chambers Refugio Jefferson Davis West Baton Rouge Galveston San Patricio LaFayette West Feliciana Jefferson Willacy Maine Kenedy Hancock Washington Massachusetts Virginia - The cities of: Barnstable Nantucket Chesapeake Princess Anne Bristol Plymouth Norfolk Virginia Beach Dukes Portsmouth Mississippi George Jackson Hancock Pearl River Harrison Stone ® ZONE 1 ZONE 2 E] ZONE 3 HEATING & COOLING DESIGN MAP (Uo VALUE ZONES) Wind Zone I consists of those areas of the United States and its territories that are not identified as being in Wind Zone II or III. (Wind Zone I has no equivalent MPH rating) ,.. ZONE I ❑ ZONE II ® ZONE III STRUCTURAL WIND ZONE DESIGN MAP WIND ZONE III (110 MPH) . The following local governments listed by State (counties / parishes, unless specified otherwise) are within Wind Zone III: Florida Broward Lee Charlotte Martin Collier Manatee Dade Monroe Franklin Palm Beach Gulf Pinellas Hendry Sarasota Louisiana Jefferson St. Bernard La Fourche St Charles Orleans St. Mary Plaquemines Terrebonne North Carolina Carteret Dare Hyde The following states and territories are within Wind Zone III: State of Hawaii Alaska, coastal regions between the 90 mph isotach on ASCE 7-88 wind map and the coast U.S. Territories: America Samoa Guam Northern Mariana Islands Puerto Rico Trust Territory of Pacific Islands U.S. Virgin Islands Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 WV FLEETWOOD. Page 4 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSTALLER SUPPLIED MATERIALS MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS PIERS: COMMERCIAL METAL PIER .................. Available in various heights and base widths listed and stamped with maximum load capacity. CONCRETE BLOCK ........................ FOOTING PADS AND RUNNER: CONCRETE ............................... Hollow load bearing concrete masonry blocks conforming to ASTM Designation C90, Grade N. Nominal 8" x 8" x 16". Minimum 8,000 lbs. capacity (Not considering footings). Nominal 4" pre -cast concrete without reinforcement with a 28 day compressive strength at least 3,000 PSI. PLYWOOD ............................... 2 pieces nominal 3/4" (23/32" actual) plywood (APA Rated Sheathing, Exposure 1, PS 1) pressure treated for soil contact in accordance with AWPB-FDN or AWPA C-9. WOOD ................................... Nominal 2 x 12 x 24" minimum pressure treated lumber#2 grade any wood specie. (AWPA C2 treatment or equivalent) A single wood pad with 3,000 or higher PSF soil capacity must be minimum #2 Doug -Fir Larch or #2 Southern Pine with minimum 12" base metal pier or 8" x 8" x 16" concrete blocks. PLASTIC ................................. Available in various base sizes — listed with maximum load capacity. OPTIONAL CONCRETE RUNNERS ........... Nominal 6" reinforced concrete. CAPS AND WEDGES: WOOD WEDGES .......................... PLASTIC ................................ CONCRETE CAP BLOCK .................. WOOD CAP BLOCK ...................... TIEDOWN STRAPS AND GROUND ANCHORS: 3 1/2" min. width x 8" min. length x 1 1/2" max. thickness (may be untreated) Available in various sizes -- listed with maximum load capacity. Nominal 2", 3", or 4" x 8" x 16" pre -cast concrete without reinforcement. Nominal 2 x 8 x 16" lumber (may be untreated). a• Main beam diagonal straps. Min. 1 1/4" x 0.035" zinc coated (0.30 oz. per sq. ft.) steel strapping b. Supplemental straps. conforming to ASTM D3953, Type 1, Grade 1, Finish B with a minimum working load capacity of 3150 lbs and a minimum total load capacity of 4725 lbs. Slit or cut edges of zinc coated strapping do not need to be zinc coated. G. Ground anchors for all tiedown 1). Ground anchors should be capable of resisting a minimum total straps. May be fabricated from load capacity of 4725 lbs. and a working load capacity of 3150 lbs. steel rod, cable or other similar minimum. material. 2). The resistance capability of anchors and anchoring equipment should be certified by a professional engineer, architect or a nationally recognized testing laboratory. This is based' on the maximum angle of diagonal tie and/or vertical tie loading the angle of anchor installation, and the type of soil in which the anchor is to be installed. The tiedown straps should be certified in accordance with testing procedures in ASTM Standard Specification D3953-91, Standard Specification for Strapping, Flat Steel and Seals. Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 'Z_;_ FLEETWCXW. Page 5 Copyright ®2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 �Ff.EE7WOOP. Page 6 Copyright 02004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. CHAPTER 2 DEFINITIONS ANCHORS - Part of the anchoring system installed in the ground around the perimeter of the home. ANCHORING SYSTEM - A combination of ground anchors and tiedown straps designed to resist wind forces. See Chapter 5. BOTTOM BOARD - Fastened to the underside of the home is a special covering designed to protect against the entry of rodents and moisture as well as to isolate the floor cavity from outside air. This covering was inspected before the home left the manufacturing facility. Any areas damaged or torn during transportation or installation must be resealed. CROSSOVERS - Multi -section homes have utility connections that are located under the home where the two halves are joined. Crossover connections include heat ducting, electrical circuits, water pipes, drain plumbing and gas lines. Note: Not all homes have water, drain or gas crossovers. FOOTING PADS - Part of the support system located at or below ground level. Piers are placed on footing pads, which are made from concrete, treated lumber, or plastic. PIERS - Part of the support system installed on footing pads. under the main beams or perimeter of the home. Piers are completed with cap blocks and wood wedges. Piers are made from concrete blocks, steel or concrete stands. SUPPORT POSTS - Structurally designed posts at each end and at various locations down the mating line of a multi section home. Footing pads and piers are required at these locations. SUPPORT SYSTEM - A combination of footings, piers, caps and wedges placed beneath the home to provide support. See Chapter 4. TIEDOWN STRAP - Part of the anchoring system consisting of steel straps that connect the home to the anchors. Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 `�� ALEMVOOQ Page 7 Copyright 02004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. If you have any questions concerning definitions, terminology or other related installation issues, please contact the Regional Service Center located nearest you. Regional Service Centers: Western Region 877-322-2412 Central Region 877-538-8576 Eastern Region 866-231-9586 Riverside, CA Waco, TX Douglas, GA Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1FLEETWOOD, Page 8 Copyright 02004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. CHAPTER 3 SITE PREPARATION CAUTION WHERE YOU LOCATE YOUR HOME IS EXTREMELY IMPORTANT. CAREFULLY REVIEW THE FOLLOWING ITEMS BEFORE CHOOSING A LOCATION. STRUCTURAL, WIND AND CLIMATIC ZONES Refer to a copy of the Compliance Certificate for this home and zone maps to determine that the home's location is within the specified zones and boundries. WATER DRAINAGE AND SITE GRADING Make sure the home site is properly graded and sloped to prevent water and moisture from collecting under the home. Rain and irrigation water must not be allowed to flow under the home. If the home is set over a crawl space or a basement provide water drainage away from the underside of the home. Locate the home an adequate distance from streams and rivers. If the home is placed on any fill material, such material should be clean and properly compacted before any pads or footings are located. Controlling the water and moisture under your home will greatly improve the stability of the footings and piers that support the home. CAUTION CONTINUOUS STANDING WATER UNDER THE HOME CAN RESULT IN CONDENSATION PROBLEMS AND AFFECT THE HOME'S WARRANTY. EXCESSIVE WATER IN THE SOIL UNDER THE HOME WILL ALSO AFFECT THE COMFORT LEVEL IN YOUR HOME AND CAUSE DETERIORATION. DO crown and grade site to slope away from the home. . DO NOT grade site or set the home so that water collects beneath the home. GROUND MOISTURE BARRIER Ground moisture -vapor retarder is not required for this home and should not be used to correct poor drainage from under the home. Retarder, if used, should only be used in addition to proper grading and drainage described above. MIN. SLOPE: 1/2" PER FOOT Home sites shall be prepared so that there will be no depressions in which surface water shall accumulate beneath the home. The area of the site covered by the manufactured home shall be graded, sloped or mechanically designed so as to provide drainage from beneath the home. ELEVATION Natural drainage should be diverted around the home. PLAN VIEW Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 WIF FLEEMOOD, Page 9 Copyright 02004 by Fleetviood Enterprises Inc. SITE PREPARATION (cont'd.) VEGETATION CONTROL Cut back low hanging tree branches, bushes and other vegetation and debris which'could scrape walls and roof when the home is installed. Consider future growth and possible swaying movement of branches in projected wind, snow or , ice conditions. Remove all thick, lawn -type vegetation, tall grasses and brush from under the home site. This will make it easier to place footings and piers. Any debris that could become termite infested should be removed completely from the home site and surrounding area. . UTILITY LOCATIONS Review the location of utility inlets for water, gas and electricity and the outlet for the sewer connection. Evaluate the site location for any provided utility connections and determine there are no obstructions to making these connections to the home. SOIL BEARING VALUES Many local building jurisdictions have soil -bearing values available in pounds per square foot (psf): To ensure the home footing sizes and piers are adequate to support the home, you must obtain the following information: (1) soils investigation and analysis of the site, (2) compliance with the local building code, or (3) competent opinion by a'local registered professional engineer or building official. If none of this information is available, use the procedure shown below to determine the soil -bearing capacity: If the procedure below is not used, all footing sizes and piers shall be determined by the 1000 pounds per square foot soil capacity columns as indicated in Chapter 4. PROCEDURE TO DETERMINE THE SOIL BEARING CAPACITY The following method is suggested for determining the allowable soil bearing capacity to be used in the sizing of footings. Such a method is only an approximation, and the results should be properly interpreted. 1. Obtain a pocket penetrometer. May be obtained by contacting Manufactured Housing Resources, PO Box 9 Nassau, DE 19969, 1-302-645-5552. 2. Test an area adjacent to, or within 10 feet of, the perimeter of the home. 3. Dig down to undisturbed soil a minimum of 4 inches. Uncover an area of at least one square foot. 4. Using the pocket penetrometer, take at least seven readings. 5. Take an average of the middle five readings, disregarding the highest and the lowest readings. Round this average down to the nearest soil bearing value. Use this value for determining minimum footing sizes. 6. Drive a wooden stake beside the test area in the event an inspector desires to verify the results. CAUTION MOST SOIL PENETROMETERS READ IN TSF (TONS PER FOOT) NOT PSF (POUNDS PER FOOT). 1 TSF = 2000 PSF CAUTION IF THERE IS ANY EVIDENCE THAT THE SOILS UNDER THE HOME ARE OF THE EXPANSIVE TYPE (SUCH AS A DRY CLAY THAT SWELLS WHEN WATER IS APPLIED), SPECIAL ANALYSIS WILL BE REQUIRED. CONTACT A LOCAL ENGINEER FOR ADDITIONAL GUIDANCE. NOTE DEPENDING ON THE SITE LOCATION, YOU MAY WANT TO APPROXIMATELY LOCATE FOOTING PADS, PIER BLOCKS OR STANDS, ANCHORS AND TIEDOWN STRAPS THAT MIGHT BE DIFFICULT TO PLACE AFTER THE SECTIONS OF THE HOME ARE IN THEIR FINAL POSITION. Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 �FLEEM00P, Page 10 Copyright 02004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. CHAPTER 4 FOUNDATION FOOTING PADS AND PIERS FOOTING PADS Footings are required under each pier to distribute the home load to the ground. The size of the footing is determined by the allowable soil bearing pressure and load each pier has to carry. The details in this section provide the available configurations for concrete block and metal piers. Footing sizes and materials other than those shown in this manual (including plywood or plastic) may be used as long as the area of the footing is appropriate for the pier load and allowable soil bearing value at the site. Plywood pads must be two pieces each 3/4" min. thickness and used in similar configurations to 2 x 12 x 24" wood pads. (i.e., 2 pieces of 3/4" x 12 x 24 equals one piece of 2 x 12 x 24). ABS Plastic pads of equivalent bearing area are acceptable substitutions when used according to the pad manufacturer's instructions. Check with local building authorities for home installation requirements due to ground conditions. In areas where the ground is subject to freezing, the footing pads must extend below the frost line established by local jurisdiction. See pages 13 and 14 for frost line information. PIERS The piers used must be strong enough to transmit the vertical load (including the weight of the home, its furnishings, and temporary roof loading) to the foundation surface below. Pier spacings other than those shown in this manual may also be used as long as spacing does not exceed the maximum pier spacing shown. Pier designs and heights shown in this manual can be used on flat or sloping ground. OPTIONAL POURED CONCRETE RUNNERS Concrete runners full-length or transverse of the home may be considered as an alternate pier support system to individual concrete or wood footings. Common full-length concrete runners are shown below. When using transverse runners, they should extend from sidewall to sidewall at the spacing shown in the diagram. Provide additional poured runners at the mating line for piers at the ridge beam support post locations. Before these methods are used, be sure they are adequate for the site location and permitted by the applicable local code. The size and spacing of reinforcing bar must be designed by others. To determine pier spacing for concrete runner use the pages for "Pre -Poured Concrete Footings" elsewhere in this manual. Example: for 20" wide concrete runners, use pier spacing for 20" x 20" footings. -1 r^ � RUNNER OR 20" MIN. INDIVIDUAL PADS TYPICAL EACH MIN. 6" THICK RUNNER REINFORCED POURED (TYPICAL) CONCRETE (TYPICAL) 4 POUR RUNNERS WIDTH DETERMINED BY REINFORCED POURED SECTION WIDTH AND MAIN CONCRETE (TYPICAL) BEAM SPACING (TYPICAL) 3 POUR RUNNERS NOTE: INSTALLATIONS PROPOSING DIFFERENT DETAILED SPECIFICATIONS (SUCH AS BLOCK SIZE OR LOADS) SHOULD BE JUSTIFIED BY ENGINEERING DATA, DETAILS, PLANS AND/OR TEST DATA MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THE LOCAL ENFORCEMENT AGENCY FOR APROVAL. ALTERNATE FOUNDATION DESIGNS WHICH ARE PREPARED BY A REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER OR ARCHITECT MAY BE USED INSTEAD OF DETAILS SHOWN HEREIN WHEN APPROVED BY LOCAL AGENCIES. Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 "FLEEM000, Page 11 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. PIER LOCATION ELEVATIONS RECESSED ENTRY POST OVER 42" TO 72" MAX. RECESSED ENTRY AREA MAY BE AT RANDOM LOCATIONS ALONG SIDEWALL PIER UNDER POST AT REQUIRE PERIMETER METER DOORS ALL IPORCH OR RECESSED ERI PIERS UNDER EACH JAMB SEE ��PIERDERJ ENTRY NOTE C FIREPLACE IN FACTORY INSTALLED LABELED G-2 SHEARWALL FLOOR OVERHANG STRAP. NUMBER OF STRAPS ON HOME WILL VARY. HOME MAY NOT HAVE ANY SUCH NOTES: PERIMETER PIERS STRAPS ON THE EXTERIOR WALL. A) See pages 15 and 16 for minimum footing requirements for labeled perimeter piers and labeled G-2 shearwall strap. B) The perimeter piers shown above are not required if full perimeter piering is part of the home support and the location of the perimeter piers are within 1 foot of the indicated locations. Exception: A perimeter pier must be installed at a labeled G-2 strap location. Perimeter piering charts may also be used for permanent foundations. C) Sidewall windows, 30" or greater in width, in combinations of three or more require piers under each jamb and center stud. Sidewall windows, 60" or greater in width, in combinations of two or more require piers under each jamb and center stud. Sidewall windows, 72" or greater in width, used singly or in combination, require piers under each jamb (and center stud, if applicable). As an alternate to these requirements, a 4 x 4 beam may be used with perimeter pier spans not exceeding 8'-0". m — BOTTOM OF MAIN BEAM 11 E[FLOOR LINE[] [ PIERS REQUIRED UNDER EACH MAIN BEAM ALJ VARIOUS MAXIMUM ON CENTER SPACING 1'-0" MAX.- V-0" MAX.` MAIN BEAM PIERS "SEE EXCEPTION ON PAGES 18-21 RIDGE BEAM RIDGE BEAM SUPPORT POSTS TYPICAL NOTE See floor plan for minimum pier loads required for each support post. A pier tag is located at each support post location. MULTI WIDE SECTION MATING LINE RIDGE BEAM SUPPORT POST PIERS Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 Nc"FLEE7W000. Page 12 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. FOUNDATION FOOTINGS WITH CONCRETE BLOCK PIERS TRIPLE DOUBLE PAD FOOTINGS ("DOUBLE PAD" CAPACITY MULTIPLIED BY 3) Double concrete block piers may be used on any pad that covers at least 16" x 16". All piers shall be placed in the center of the footing configuration. 16" �Y ^, TWO DOUBLE 16" PAD FOOTINGS SINGLE PAD ' FOOTING Fri , QUAD PAD LOAD FOOTINGS DISTRIBUTING DOUBLE PAD PAD FOR FOOTING SUPPORT 16" X 16" X 4" CONCRETE PAD FOOTINGS Y 24"``, W,1 SINGLE PAD 11 1/4" FOOTING FROST LINE DEPTH AS ESTABLISHED BY LOCAL JURISDICTION 8x16x4" concrete pads may not be used alone. They must be used in configurations of at least two pads. 8- 16 TRIPLE PAD FOOTINGS DOUBLE PAD FOOTING Y i y , lc ' DOUBLE TRIPLE PAD FOOTINGS ("TRIPLE PAD" ` , CAPACITY MULTIPLIED BY 2: lc DOUBLE PAD FOOTINGS TRIPLE PAD FOOTING 8" X 16" X 4" CONCRETE PAD FOOTINGS DOUBLE TRIPLE PAD FOOTING ("TRIPLE PAD" CAPACITY MULTIPLIED BY 2) 2 X 12 X 24" WOOD PAD FOOTINGS FOOTINGS AND FROST LINES In areas where the ground is subject to freezing, frost heaving can lead to unleveling and potential damage to the home. Follow these details in areas where the ground is subject to freezing. TYPICAL PIER BOTTOM OF FOOTING PAC LOCATED AT FROST LINE 6" MIN. TYPICAL PIER IG PAD WHEN FROST LINE IS NOT OR CANNOT BE ESTABLISHED, BACK FILL WITH ANY CLEAN GRANULAR SAND AND COMPACT FOR FIRM SUPPORT OF FOOTING. Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 "'IllFLEE7 000. Page 13 Copyright ©2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. DOUBLE PAD FOOTING ' LOAD T, DISTRIBUTING '* , �'Y PAD FOR SUPPORT TRIPLE PAD FOOTING 8" X 16" X 4" CONCRETE PAD FOOTINGS DOUBLE TRIPLE PAD FOOTING ("TRIPLE PAD" CAPACITY MULTIPLIED BY 2) 2 X 12 X 24" WOOD PAD FOOTINGS FOOTINGS AND FROST LINES In areas where the ground is subject to freezing, frost heaving can lead to unleveling and potential damage to the home. Follow these details in areas where the ground is subject to freezing. TYPICAL PIER BOTTOM OF FOOTING PAC LOCATED AT FROST LINE 6" MIN. TYPICAL PIER IG PAD WHEN FROST LINE IS NOT OR CANNOT BE ESTABLISHED, BACK FILL WITH ANY CLEAN GRANULAR SAND AND COMPACT FOR FIRM SUPPORT OF FOOTING. Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 "'IllFLEE7 000. Page 13 Copyright ©2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. FOUNDATION FOOTINGS WITH COMMERCIAL METAL PIERS All piers shall be placed in the center of the footing configuration. DOUBLE "` PAD FOOTING TWO DOUBLE PAD FOOTINGS LOAD DISTRIBUTING PAD FOR SUPPORT SINGLE PAD )CITING 1/4" DOUBLE TRIPLE P� FOOTINGS ("TRIPLE CAPACITY MULTIPLIEC FROST LINE DEPTH AS ESTABLISHED BY LOCAL JURISDICTION SINGLE PAD FOOTING �nJ 16" X 16!'X 4" CONCRETE y X 16 PAD FOOTINGS 2 X 12 X 24" WOOD PAD FOOTINGS FOOTINGS AND FROST LINES In areas where the ground is subject to freezing, frost heaving can lead to unleveling and potential damage to the home. Follow these details in areas where the ground is subject to freezing. TYPICAL PIER BOTTOM OF FOOTING PAD LOCATED AT FROST LINE 6" MIN. TYPICAL PIER FOOTING PAD LE PAD ITING RIBUTING JPPORT WHEN FROST LINE IS NOT OR CANNOT BE ESTABLISHED, BACK FILL WITH ANY CLEAN GRANULAR SAND AND COMPACT FOR FIRM SUPPORT OF FOOTING. Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 � FLEE7W000 Page 14 Copyright O 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. CONCRETE BLOCK PIERS 8" X 16".HOLLOW CONCRETE MASONRY BLOCKS (NO MORTAR OR GROUT REQUIRED) WOOD WEDGES MUST BE USED IN �\ PAIRS TO FORM LEVEL SURFACE. NOTE36" MAX. HEIGHT (SEE / S 2 8 3) CAP BLOCK(S) J CAP BLOCKS OF VARIABLE THICKNESS MAY BE USED IN COMBINATION WITH EACH OTHER F JI ALONG WITH MINIMUM 1" WOOD WEDGES. UP TOAMAXIMUM Y/// HEIGHT OF 8". may/ SINGLE BLOCK PIER 8,000 LBS MAXIMUM CAPACITY NOTES: 1. PIER CAPACITY MUST BE THE SAME AS OR GREATER THAN THE FOOTING CAPACITIES ON PAGE 32. 2. MIN. PIER HEIGHT IS 8" FROM GROUND TO BOTTOM OF MAIN BEAM PROVIDED ALL OTHER CLEARANCES ARE MET. (HEATING DUCTS AND DRAIN PLUMBING). MAIN fBEAM WOOD WEDGES CAP BLOCK / SINGLE BLOCK PIER PERPENDICULAR TO MAIN BEAM 80" MAX. HEIGHT / lc .�W DOUBLE BLOCK PIER 16,000 LBS MAXIMUM CAPACITY 3. SINGLE STACK BLOCKS MAY BE 48" MAX. HEIGHT WHEN USED FOR EITHER PERIMETER PIERS OR MATING LINE PIERS. 4, CONCRETE BLOCK MAY BE USED IN COMBINATION WITH COMMERCIAL METAL PIERS. MAIN BEAM PIERS MAIN BEAM CAP BLOCK PERIMETER PIERS NOTES: 1. PIER MAY BE OFFSET UP TO 6" MAX. EACH SIDE OF STRAP. TO MISS FRAME OBSTRUCTIONS AS LONG AS THE PIER STILL SUPPORTS THE FLOOR RIM PLATE. 4X4OR2-2X4'SONEDGE = EXTERIOR (NAILED TOGETHER) SPANNING WALL I .I 'r/ / MINIMUM 2 FLOOR JOISTS / J, I r / FLOOR RIM . PLATE ' / WOOD WEDGES CAP BLOCK WOOD `WEDGES DOUBLE BLOCK PIER 2. NO STABILIZER PLATE IS REQUIRED FOR GROUND ANCHOR AT LABELED G -STRAP ALONG PERIMETER. 3. A LABELED G-2 STRAP NEED ONLY ATTACH TO A SINGLE GROUND ANCHOR. JOISTS UNDER _ SHEARWALL TYPICAL FLOOR JOIST WOOD WEDGES CAP BLOCK / 10" MAX. SETBACK FROM / EDGE OF FLOOR BLOCKS PARALLEL WITH BLOCKS PARALLEL AND RECESSED EDGE OF FLOOR BACK FROM EDGE OF FLOOR LABELED G-2 STRAP WOOD WEDGES - CAP BLOCK i� 6" MAX. SETBACK AT LABELED G-2 STRAP LOCATION (SEE NOTE 1) Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 2 FLEE7WO 0. Page 15 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. COMMERCIAL METAL PIERS . Commercial metal piers may be used alongwith concrete piers. Vn I INV I 'AU ADJUSTABLE RISER. WITH ADJUSTABLE NUT AND WASHER (IF REQUIRED) PIER FRAME NOTE Pier capacity is listed and labeled by pier manufacturer on each pier. Pier capacity must be the same as or greater than the footing capacities on page 32. ALTERNATE CONTACT PAD ♦♦♦ �� DIRECTION EVERY OTHER PIER ♦♦��` MAIN BEAM MAIN BEAM PIERS PERIMETER PIERS 4X4 OR2-2X4'SONEDGE (NAILS TOGETHER) SPANNING 2 FI OOR .InISTS EXTERIOR WALL .� Iyo i (' io i i i i FLOOR RIM PLATE AT EDGE OF FLOOR ♦ 10" MAX. SETBACK FROM EDGE OF FLOOR 10"MAX.SETBACK J FROM FROM EDGE OF FLOOR LABELED RECESSED BACK FROM EDGE G-2 STRAP OF FLOOR AT LABELED G-2 STRAP LOCATION (SEE NOTE 1) NOTES: 1. PIER MAY BE OFFSET UP TO 6" MAX. EACH SIDE OF STRAP 3. A LABELED G-2 STRAP NEED ONLY ATTACH TO A SINGLE TO MISS FRAME OBSTRUCTIONS AS LONG AS THE PIER GROUND ANCHOR. STILL SUPPORTS THE FLOOR RIM PLATE. 2. NO STABILIZER PLATE IS REQUIRED FOR GROUND ANCHOR AT LABELED GSTRAP ALONG PERIMETER. MINIMUM FOOTING REQUIREMENTS FOR LABELED PERIMETER PIERS AND LABELED G-2 SHEARWALL STRAP PIERS LABELED PERIMETER PIERS JOISTS UNDER 4 X 4 OR 2- 2 X 4'S SHEARWALL ON EDGE (NAILS 8"X16" TOGETHER) N v n 16"x1&' \ TYPICAL °Pad FLOOR Concrete JOIST °Pad TYPICAL Pad FLOOR JOIST 1000 10" MAX. SETBACK FROM EDGE OF FLOOR 10"MAX.SETBACK J FROM FROM EDGE OF FLOOR LABELED RECESSED BACK FROM EDGE G-2 STRAP OF FLOOR AT LABELED G-2 STRAP LOCATION (SEE NOTE 1) NOTES: 1. PIER MAY BE OFFSET UP TO 6" MAX. EACH SIDE OF STRAP 3. A LABELED G-2 STRAP NEED ONLY ATTACH TO A SINGLE TO MISS FRAME OBSTRUCTIONS AS LONG AS THE PIER GROUND ANCHOR. STILL SUPPORTS THE FLOOR RIM PLATE. 2. NO STABILIZER PLATE IS REQUIRED FOR GROUND ANCHOR AT LABELED GSTRAP ALONG PERIMETER. MINIMUM FOOTING REQUIREMENTS FOR LABELED PERIMETER PIERS AND LABELED G-2 SHEARWALL STRAP PIERS LABELED PERIMETER PIERS :L�- U FOOTING CONFIGURATIONS. cc CL 16"X16" 8"X16" N v n 16"x1&' 8" x 16" 2 x 12 x 24" °Pad Concrete Concrete Wood Pad °Pad Pad Wood Pad 1000 DOUBLE 2 DBL PADS DOUBLE 1000 SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 2000 SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 2000 DOUBLE SINGLE TO SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 4000 LABELED G-2 SHEARWALL STRAP Z U FOOTING CONFIGURATIONS cc N 16"X16" 8"X16" v n Concrete Concrete 2X 12 X24" °Pad Pad Wood Pad 1000 DOUBLE 2 DBL PADS DOUBLE 2000 DOUBLE TRIPLE DOUBLE - TINGLE [7200(0 DOUBLE SINGLE Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 'c FLEEiW000. Page 16 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. MAIN BEAM FOOTING CONFIGURATION AND SPACING PROCEDURES The footing configuration and spacing tables on the following pages determine the footing configuration and spacing by section width. Eave size is 12" maximum for 10 to 15 wide, and 6" maximum for 16 wide sections. The range in inches of various width homes is provided to assist in referencing the proper page. NOTE: Homes requiring perimeter footings will have the copy of the floor plan stamped PERIMETER PIERING REQUIRED. SECTION WIDTHS Range (in inches) Of Section Floor Widths ' 10 Wide 118" SECTION "A" > 12 Wide 132" to 143" 13 Wide 148" to 157" SECTION "B" 14 Wide 158" to 168" 15 Wide 178" to 180" 16 Wide 182" to 190" SECTION "C" MAY ALSO BE LOCATED ADJACENT TO " Measured across section at floor excluding SECTION "A" AND AT VARIABLE exterior siding. LOCATIONS ALONG SECTION SIDEWALL. PROCEDURE FOR FOOTING CONFIGURATION AND A. If you are installing a multi -section home where both SPACING TABLES: or all sections are the same width, go to the 1. See approved floor plan to see if perimeter piering is appropriate section width page. required. B. If you are installing a multi -section home where one 2. Determine the soil bearing capacity. or more of the sections are different in width, follow 3. Determine the design roof live load of the home. the example below, then go to the appropriate section width pages. C. For third section with transverse roof design, see page 30 for footing and pier requirements at support posts and ends of main beam. EXAMPLE USING - 4. Following that line across the table, and based on the main beam size, determine the footing spacing and configuration. 5. Footing placement to start at no more than one foot (1'-0" to edge of pier) from the ends of both main beams. 6. The spacing for any individual footing may exceed the spacing shown up to 10% as long as the average spacing does not exceed the spacing shown. 7. Perimeter piering details may be used as an alternative for any model at the installer's discretion. 16" X 16" X 4" CONCRETE FOOTINGS, Double Pad Footing, 1000 psf soil capacity. /_201 psf roof live load, supporting 10' main beam. 6. 14 WIDE SECTION 12 WIDE SECTION 10 WIDE SECTION FOOTING 16" X 16" X 4" CONCRETE FOOTINGSRoof 3'-6" 7' MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) `8c Live Sgl. Pad Footing Dbl. Pad Footing wo Dbl Pad Ftng. Load Main Beam Size Main Beam Size Main Beam Size 1� 0 (Psi 8" 10" 12" 8" i10 j 12" 8" 10" 12" 10' ! 20 J 3' 3' 3' 6' - -6"5S'8'10''-6" 6' 8' 10' 12' 2'-6" 2'-6" T-6" 5'-6" 5'-6" 40 2' 2' 2' 4'6"4'-6" 4'-6" 8'6"" 11' FOOTING [20, 3'-6" 7' 7' 8' 10' 12' 1� 0 30 13'.6-13!-6" 3' 3' 3' 6' SPACING PER 10' 12' 20 40 2'-6" 2'-6" T-6" 5'-6" 5'-6" 5'-6" 8' 10' 11' 14 WIDE PAGE 20 5' S' S' 8' 10' 10' 8' 4'-6" 4'-6" e' g' g' 8' 10' !12' 9' 8' 10' 12' 20 8' 8' 10' - FOOTING SPACING PER 12 WIDE PAGE FOOTING SPACING PER 10 WIDE PAGE CONCLUSION: 14 wide section main beam footing spacing would be 6'-0" o.c. max. 12 wide section main beam footing spacing would be T-0" o.c. max. 10 wide section main beam footing spacing would be 8'-0" o.c. max. ALTERNATE CONCLUSION: Each section's footings may be spaced on the most restrictive spacing; therefore, the maximum footing spacing for all three sections can be at 6'-0" o.c. Roof MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In I `$o Live Sgt. Pad Footing I Dbl. Pad Footing's wo Dbl Pad ci 5 Load Main Beam Size Main Beam Size Main Beam Roof [20, 3'-6" 7' 7' 8' 10' 12' 1� 0 30 13'.6-13!-6" 3' 3' 3' 6' 6' 8' 10' 12' 20 40 2'-6" 2'-6" T-6" 5'-6" 5'-6" 5'-6" 8' 10' 11' 20 5' S' S' 8' 10' 10' 8' 10' 12' 40 30 4'-6" 4'-6" 4'-6" 8' 9' 9' 8' 10' 12' 20 6' 8' 8' 8' 10' 12' Roof MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) 8c L I. Pad Footing Dbl. Pad Footin2 I Two Dbl Pad Ftn1 8.5 Load Main Sze Main Beam Size Main Beam Size h (Pso 8" 10" 1 8" 1 110", 1 12" 8" 10" 12" 20 4' 4' 4' 8' 8' 8' 8' 10' 12' 3'-6" 3'-6" 3'-6" 7' 7' 8' 10' 12' 40 3' 1 3' 3' 6' 6' 6' 8' 10' 11' 20 6' 1 6' 6' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' Wj 30 5' 5' S' 8' 10' 10'-6" 8' 10' 12' 8 '-6" 1 9'-6" 8' 10' 12' Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 '2 FLEETWOOD, Page 17 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. MAIN BEAM FOOTING CONFIGURATIONS AND SPACING 10 WIDE - MULTIPLE SECTIONS I 1 1 I I I I i SECTION "A"; C 2. U a w I 1 1 I I 1 1 1 1-.- I Triple Pad Footing I I I 1 I 1 1 I 1 I I • 1 I I I I I -SECTION "B" �'> 8" 10" 12" 8" 1 1 I I I I SPACING �__�__t--T--♦---�:-M VARIES 12" SEE TABS 1000 SECTION "C" ;:. 4' ■ MAIN BEAM FOOTINGS H_ i __♦_ T _;__Y_M 8'-6" 8'-6" 8' These tables determine the footing pad configuration and footing spacing along the main beams of the section(s). Refer to cages 13 and 14 for footing pad configuration details. Review the table that indicates the footing type you are going to use. Refer to page 17 for the procedure on using the tables. 2 X 12 X 24" WOOD FOOTINGS Roof Live Load P s C 2. U a w MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Sgl. Pad Footing Dbl. Pad Footing Triple Pad Footing Main Beam Size Main Beam Size Main Beam Size 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 20 1000 4' 4' 4' 8' 8'-6" 8'-6" 8' 10' 12' 20 1500 6'-6" 6'-6" 6-6" 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 20 2000 8' 8'-6" 8'-6" 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 20 3000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' F20 4000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10'12' 1 12' Main Beam Piers - Footing placement to start at no more than one foot (1'-0" to edge of pier) from comer of the home. Exception - Footings may start at no more than two feet (2'-0" to the edge of pier) from each corner of the home PROVIDED that the next o.c. footing is moved three feet (3'-0") closer to it. (See sketch below.) 1 I nP. O.C. O.C. ; 2'� i �> SPACING SPACING , MINUS T -T 1 .- 1 8" X 16" X 4" CONCRETE FOOTINGS Roof Live Load (Ps .' MAXIMUM nEn U a U) MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Dbl. Pad Footing Triple Pad Footing Two Dbl Pad Ftng. Main Beam Size Main Beam Size Main Beam Size 8"10" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 20 1000 4' 4' 4' 8' 8' 8' 8' 10' 12' 20 1500 6' 6' 6' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 20 2000 8' 8' 8' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 20 3000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 20 4000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 1 10' 1 12' 16" X 16" X 4" CONCRETE FOOTINGS Roof Live Load P s u 0 :.- U a 0- MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Sgl. Pad Footing Dbl. Pad Footing Two Dbl Pad Ftng. Main Beam Size Main Beam Size Main Beam Size 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 20 1000 4' 4' 4' 8' 8' 8' 8' 10' 12' 20 1500 6' 6' 6' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 20 2000 8' 8' 8' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 20 3000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 20 4000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' FOR HOMES IN 30 PSF OR HIGHER ROOF ZONES, USE PERIMETER PIERING AS SHOWN ON FOLLOWING PAGE. Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 �FLEE7W41D0, Page 18 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. MAIN BEAM WITH PERIMETER FOOTING CONFIGURATIONS AND SPACING 10 WIDE - MULTIPLE SECTIONS ;a l0 0 L 0 0 t 0 0 1 0 0, a 01 0 0 0; SECTION "A":; I V-- 1 I 1 1 I 1 1 1 I 1 1 SECTION "B" r '> o' o a' o o' o o! 1 I I I I VARIES SEE TABLE SECTION "C" I I ■ MAIN BEAM FOOTINGS goo o o ' o o' a' ❑ PERIMETER FOOTINGS PERIMETER FOOTING CONFIGURATION AND SPACING PROCEDURE: 1. Determine the design roof live load of the home. 2. Determine the soil bearing capacity. 3. Follow that line across the table to determine the type of footing configuration and spacing. 4. Perimeter Piers - Footing placement to start at no more than one foot (1'-0" to edge of pier) from each corner of the home. 5. Main Beam Piers - Footing placement to start at no more than one foot (1'-0" to edge of pier) from corner of the home. Exception - Footings may start at no more than two feet (2'-0" to the edge of pier) from each corner of the home PROVIDED that the next o.c. footing is moved three feet (3'-0") closer to it. (See sketch below.) 6. The spacing for any footing may exceed the spacing shown up to 10% as long as the average spacing does not exceed the spacing shown. 2' o TYP. O.C. SPACING SPACING MINUS T -V --fes 1 �' 1 These tables determine the footing pad configuration and footing spacing along the main beams and perimeter of the section(s). Refer to pages 13 and 14 for footing pad configuration details. Review the tables that indicate the footing type you are going to use for main beams and perimeter piers. Refer to page 17 for the procedure on using the tables. Main beam footing spacing table acceptable for roof live load 40 psf maximum. MAIN BEAM FOOTING CONFIGURATION AND SPACING 8" X 16" X 4" CONCRETE FOOTINGS PERIMETER FOOTING MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) a N v a in CONFIGURATION AND SPACING 1000 to 1500 FOOTING CONFIGURATION a) d J N s (1) N 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 4000 8' 10' 12' 1 8' 1 10' 1 12' 1 8' 1 10' 1 12' m w c i x m U a 16" X 16" 8" X 16" 2X 12 X24" a 0 C o o Concrete Concrete wood Pad UL of U) Pad Pad 8' 1 10' 12' to 20 1000 SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 6'-0" 1000 DOUBLE TRIPLE DOUBLE 20 1500 SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 2000 to SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 4000 1000 DOUBLE TRIPLE DOUBLE 30 8'-0" 1500 SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 2000 to SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 4000 1000 DOUBLE N/A DOUBLE 40 1500 DOUBLE TRIPLE DOUBLE 8'-0" 2000 to SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 4000 2' o TYP. O.C. SPACING SPACING MINUS T -V --fes 1 �' 1 These tables determine the footing pad configuration and footing spacing along the main beams and perimeter of the section(s). Refer to pages 13 and 14 for footing pad configuration details. Review the tables that indicate the footing type you are going to use for main beams and perimeter piers. Refer to page 17 for the procedure on using the tables. Main beam footing spacing table acceptable for roof live load 40 psf maximum. MAIN BEAM FOOTING CONFIGURATION AND SPACING 16" X 16" X 4" CONCRETE FOOTINGS 8" X 16" X 4" CONCRETE FOOTINGS A U MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) a N v a in ON. Pad Footing Triple Pad Footing Two Dbl Pad Ftng. Main Beam Size Main Beam Size Main Beam Size 817710.112" 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 1000 T-6" T-0" T-6" 8' 10' 11'-0" 8' 10' 12' 1500 8' 10' 11'-0" 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 2000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 3000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 4000 8' 10' 12' 1 8' 1 10' 1 12' 1 8' 1 10' 1 12' 16" X 16" X 4" CONCRETE FOOTINGS 2 X 12 X 24" WOOD FOOTINGS MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) U ac Sgl. Pad Footing Dbl. Pad Footing Two Dbl Pad Ftng. to N v n Main Beam Size Main Beam Size Main Beam Size U) 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 1000 T-6" T-6" T-6" 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 1500 8' 10' 11'-6" 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 2000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 3000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 4000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 qvV"FLEETWOW. Page 19 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. 2 X 12 X 24" WOOD FOOTINGS Z, MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) U ac Sgt. Pad Footing Dbl. Pad Footing Triple Pad Ftng. ce N U a Main Beam Size Main Beam Size Main Beam Size U) 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 1000 8' 8' 8' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 1500 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 2000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 3000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 4000 8' 10' 12' 8' 1 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 qvV"FLEETWOW. Page 19 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. MAIN BEAM FOOTING CONFIGURATIONS AND SPACING 12 WIDE - MULTIPLE SECTIONS These table3 determine the footing pad configuration and footing spacing along the main beams of the section(s). Refer to pages 13 and 14 for footing pad configuration details. Review the table that indicates the footing type you are going to USE. Refer to page 17 for the procedure on using the tables. 2 X 12 X 24" WOOD FOOTINGS SECTION "A"I � Cw co u-5 MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) - I I I I I V. I 1 Main Beam Size 8" SECTION "B" 12" 8" 10" 1 8" I 1 I 1 I SPACING N--''--+----�_--M VARIES 12" SEE TABLE 1000 SECTION "C" `:� T-6" ■ MAIN BEAM FOOTINGS 7' 7' 7' These table3 determine the footing pad configuration and footing spacing along the main beams of the section(s). Refer to pages 13 and 14 for footing pad configuration details. Review the table that indicates the footing type you are going to USE. Refer to page 17 for the procedure on using the tables. 2 X 12 X 24" WOOD FOOTINGS Roof Live Load (Psi � Cw co u-5 MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Sgl. Pad Footing Dbl. Pad Footing Triple Pad Footing Main Beam Size —87T-1 Main Beam Size Main Beam Size 8" 0" 12" 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 20 1000 T-6" T-6" T-6" 7' 7' 7' 8' 10' 11' 20 1500 5'-6" 5'-6" 5'-6" 8' 10' 11' 8' 10' 12' 20 2000 7' 7' 7' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 20 3000 8' 10' 10' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 20 4000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' Main Beam Piers - Footing placement to start at no more than one foot (1'-0" to edge of pier) from comer of the home. Exception - Footings may start at no more than two feet (2'-0" to the edge of pier) from each corner of the home PROVIDED that the next o.c. footing is moved three feet (3'-0") closer to it. (See sketch below.) 1 1 2'4r NP. O.C. SPACING ' SPACING MINUS T' * J I 8" X 16" X 4" CONCRETE FOOTINGS Roof Live Load (Psi U nc U g U) MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Dbl. Pad Footing Triple Pad Footing Two Dbl Pad Ftng. Main Beam Size Main Beam Size Main Beam Size 8" 10" 12" ' 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 20 1000 3'.6" T-6" T-6" 5' 5' 5' 7' 7' 7' 20 1500 5' 5' 5' T-6" T-6" T-6" 8' 10' 10' 20 2000 7' 7' . *T 8' 10' 10' 8' 10' 12' 20 3000 8' 10' 10' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 20 4000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 16" X 16" X 4" CONCRETE FOOTINGS Roof Live Load (PSI) •8 m N v n Enn MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Sgl. Pad Footing Dbl. Pad Footing Two Dbl Pad Ftng. Main Beam Size Main Beam Size Main Beam Size 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 20 1000 3'-6" T-6" 3'-6" 7' 7' 7' 8' 10' 12' 20 1500 5' 5' 5' 8' 10' 10' 8' 10' 12' 20 2000 7' 7' 7' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 20 3000 8' 10' 10' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 20 4000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' FOR HOMES IN 30 PSF OR HIGHER ROOF ZONES, USE PERIMETER PIERING AS SHOWN ON FOLLOWING PAGE. Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 �� FLEE7W000. Page 20 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. MAIN BEAM WITH PERIMETER FOOTING CONFIGURATIONS AND SPACING 12 WIDE - MULTIPLE SECTIONS i0 10 0 i 0 0-,-13 O I 0 0, O Oi 0 O 0; PERIMETER FOOTING MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) SECTION "A"I 1 1 1 1 1 AND r I I I I I I I I I 1 :SECTION "B" '> 8' 9'-6" 9'-6" 8' 10' 10' 8' 10' 12- a' o o' o o' 0 0! r•�--r--♦--T--{--y.�-� SPACING ``` VARIES SEE TABLE SECTION "C" .� c >_ 0 m ■ MAIN BEAM FOOTINGS ♦--:--+--r-� 8" X 16" ,00 0 0, o o' o. ❑ PERIMETER FOOTINGS PERIMETER FOOTING CONFIGURATION AND SPACING Concrete PROCEDURE: 1. Determine the design roof live load of the home. 2. Determine the soil bearing capacity. 3. Follow that line across the table to determine the type of footing configuration and spacing. 4. Perimeter Piers - Footing placement to start at no more than one foot (1'-0" to edge of pier) from each corner of the home. 5. Main Beam Piers - Footing placement to start at no more than one foot (1'-0" to edge of pier) from corner of the home. Exception - Footings may start at no more than two feet (2'-0" to the edge of pier) from each corner of the home PROVIDED that the next o.c. footing is moved three feet (3'-0") closer to it. (See sketch below.) 6. The spacing for any footing may exceed the spacing shown up to 10% as long as the average spacing does not exceed the spacing shown. ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑1 I ------ --------- ------ I i y{y TYP. O.C. O.C. 1 1 >SPACING SPACING 1 �- MINUS 3'-0' --f 1 �- 1 1 These tables determine the footing pad configuration and footing spacing along the main beams and perimeter of the section(s). Refer to pages 13 and 14 for footing pad configuration details. Review the tables that indicate the footing type you are going to use for main beams and perimeter piers. Refer to page 17 for the procedure on using the tables. Main beam footing spacing table acceptable for roof live load 40 psf maximum. MAIN BEAM FOOTING CONFIGURATION AND SPACING 8" X 16" X 4" CONCRETE FOOTINGS PERIMETER FOOTING MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Dbl. Pad Footing Triple Pad Footing Two Dbl Pad Ftng. CONFIGURATION AND SPACING 6'-6" 6'-6" 6'-6" 8' 9'-6" 9'-0" 8' 10' 12' to 8' 9'-6" 9'-6" 8' 10' 10' 8' 10' 12- FOOTING CONFIGURATION 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 10' 8' 10' 12' 0 N a ` m CL 4000 8' 10' 12' 1 8' 1 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 9'-6" 9'-6" c >_ 0 m m N U a 16" X 16" 8" X 16" 2x 12 x24" Cn 0 E- o o Concrete Concrete Wood Pad LL I0 U Pad Pad 8' 10' 1 12' a N 20 1000 SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 6'-0" 1000 DOUBLE TRIPLE DOUBLE 20 8'4" 1500 SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 2000 to SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 4000 1000 DOUBLE TRIPLE DOUBLE 30 8'-0" 1500 SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 2000 to SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 4000 1000 DOUBLE N/A DOUBLE 40 8'4" 1500 DOUBLE TRIPLE DOUBLE 2000 to SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 4000 ❑ ❑ ❑ ❑1 I ------ --------- ------ I i y{y TYP. O.C. O.C. 1 1 >SPACING SPACING 1 �- MINUS 3'-0' --f 1 �- 1 1 These tables determine the footing pad configuration and footing spacing along the main beams and perimeter of the section(s). Refer to pages 13 and 14 for footing pad configuration details. Review the tables that indicate the footing type you are going to use for main beams and perimeter piers. Refer to page 17 for the procedure on using the tables. Main beam footing spacing table acceptable for roof live load 40 psf maximum. MAIN BEAM FOOTING CONFIGURATION AND SPACING 16" X 16" X 4" CONCRETE FOOTINGS 8" X 16" X 4" CONCRETE FOOTINGS >, U a N U a 0 rn MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Dbl. Pad Footing Triple Pad Footing Two Dbl Pad Ftng. Main Beam Size Main Beam Size Main Beam Size 81 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 8" 1 10" 1 12" 1000 6'-6" 6'-6" 6'-6" 8' 9'-6" 9'-0" 8' 10' 12' 1500 8' 9'-6" 9'-6" 8' 10' 10' 8' 10' 12- 2000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 10' 8' 10' 12' 3000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 4000 8' 10' 12' 1 8' 1 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 16" X 16" X 4" CONCRETE FOOTINGS 2 X 12 X 24" WOOD FOOTINGS MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) U CN Pad Footing Dbl. Pad Footing Two Dbl Pad Ftng. Sgt. cc U a Main Beam Size Main Beam Size Main Beam Size 0 (n 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 1000 6'-6" 6'-6" 6'-6" 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12- 1500 8' 9'-6" 9'-6" 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12- 2000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 3000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 4000 8' 10' 12' 1 8' 1 10' 1 12' 8' 1 10' 12' Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 Wc'FLEETWOOD, Page 21 Copyright 02004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. 2 X 12 X 24" WOOD FOOTINGS D MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) U a Sgt. Pad Footing Dbl. Pad Footing Triple Pad Ftng. co M 0-9 Main Beam Size Main Beam Size Main Beam Size 0 U) 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 1000 6-6" 6-6" 6'-0" 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 1500 8' 10' 10' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 2000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 3000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 4000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 1 12' 8' 1 10' 1 12' Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 Wc'FLEETWOOD, Page 21 Copyright 02004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. MAIN BEAM FOOTING CONFIGURATIONS AND SPACING 13 WIDE' - MULTIPLE SECTIONS 1. These tables determine the footing pad configuration and footing spacing along the main beams of the section(s). Refer to pages 13 and 14.for footing pad configuration details. Review the table that indicates the footing type you are going to use. Refer to page 17 for the procedure on using the tables. 2 X 12 X 24" WOOD FOOTINGS Roof LiveN Load (Ps SECTION "A"; MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Sgl. Pad Footing Dbl. Pad footing -- I I I I I I I I- I I I I I I I I I I SECTION "B" ��:> 8" 10" 12" 20 1000 I I 1 I I SPACING VARIES 3' 6'-6" SEE TABLE 6-6" SECTION "C" ' I I ' ,'' ■ MAIN BEAM FOOTINGS 10'- 20 1500 5' 5' 5' These tables determine the footing pad configuration and footing spacing along the main beams of the section(s). Refer to pages 13 and 14.for footing pad configuration details. Review the table that indicates the footing type you are going to use. Refer to page 17 for the procedure on using the tables. 2 X 12 X 24" WOOD FOOTINGS Roof LiveN Load (Ps 2 -C) ca L) n in MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Sgl. Pad Footing Dbl. Pad footing Triple Pad Footing Main Beam Size Main Beam Size Main Beam Size 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 20 1000 3' 3' 3' 6'-6" 6-6" 6-6" 8' 10' 10'- 20 1500 5' 5' 5' 8' 10' . 10' 8' 10' 12' 20 2000 6'-6" 6-6" 6'-6" 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 20 3000 8' 10' 10' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 20 4000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8" X 16" X 4" CONCRETE FOOTINGS Roof �. MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Live Load L, a c U n Dbl. Pad Footing Triple Pad Footing Two Dbl Pad Ftng. Main Beam Size Main Beam Size Main Beam Size (Ps in 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 20 1000 3' 3' 3' 4'-6" 4'-6" 4'-6" 6'-6" 6'-6" 6'-6" 20 1500 4'-6" 4'-6" 4'-6" 7' 7' 7' 8' 9'-6" 9'-6" 20 2000 6-6" 6'-6" 6'-6" 8' 9'-6" 9'-6" 8' 10' 12' 20 3000 8' 9'-6" 9'-6" 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 20 4000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 16" X 16" X 4" CONCRETE FOOTINGS Roof Live Load P s ,�. cn w U n in MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Sgl. Pad Footing Dbl. Pad Footing Two Dbl Pad Ftng. Main Beam Size Main Beam Size Main Beam Size 87T-1 0" 12" 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 20 1000 3' 3' 3' 6'-6" 6-6" 6-6" 8' 10' 12' 20 1500 4'-6" 4'-6" 4'-6" 8' 9'-6" 9'-6" 8' 10' 12' 20 2000 6'-6" 6-6" 6-6" 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 20 3000 8' 9'-6" 9'-6" 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 20 4000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' FOR HOMES IN 30 PSF OR HIGHER ROOF ZONES, USE PERIMETER PIERING AS SHOWN nN Fnl I nWINr, PACE Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 1v FLEETW000 Page 22 Copyright 02004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. MAIN BEAM WITH PERIMETER FOOTING CONFIGURATIONS AND SPACING 13 WIDE - MULTIPLE SECTIONS �0 10 0 113 0 1 0 0 1 0 0, o 01 PERIMETER FOOTING I 1 I SECTION "A";'�> CONFIGURATION -- 1 1 I I I I 1 1 6' 6' 6' 8' 9' 9' 8' 10' 12' :SECTION "B" I I ---I O O O 0! 1 1 I 1 I �__r__�•'_t__f__~'G_M SPACING - 1 1 I I .�•+�` "C" VARIES SEE TABLE . SECTION 1 I , , 0 MAIN BEAM FOOTINGS HE- --t--T--♦--Y=� 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' Sao 1 0 0 ' o o' o. O PERIMETER FOOTINGS PERIMETER FOOTING CONFIGURATION AND SPACING c m PROCEDURE: 1. Determine the design roof live load of the home. 2. Determine the soil bearing capacity. - 3. Follow that line across the table to determine the type of footing configuration and spacing. 4. Footing placement to start at no more than one foot (1'-0" to edge of pier) from each corner of the home. 5. The spacing for any footing may exceed the spacing shown up to 10% as long as the average spacing does not exceed the spacing shown. These tables determine the footing pad configuration and footing spacing along the main beams and perimeter of the section(s). Refer to pages 13 and 14 for footing pad configuration details. Review the tables that indicate the footing type you are going to use for main beams and perimeter piers. Refer to page 17 for the procedure on using the tables. Main beam footing spacing table acceptable for roof live load 40 psf maximum. MAIN BEAM FOOTING CONFIGURATION AND SPACING 8" X 16" X 4" CONCRETE FOOTINGS PERIMETER FOOTING MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Dbl. Pad Footing Triple Pad Footing Two Dbl Pad Ftng. CONFIGURATION AND SPACING 6' 6' 6' 8' 9' 9' 8' 10' 12' re 8' 9' 9' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' FOOTING CONFIGURATION 3000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 0 N m w U 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' a y 16" X 16" • 8" X 16" 2000 c m c C`ig Concrete Concrete 2x12 x24" wood Pad 60-15 ILL 0 o Pad Pad a U) 20 1000 SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 6'-0- 1000 DOUBLE TRIPLE DOUBLE 20 8'-0" 1500 SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 2000 to SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 4000 1000 DOUBLE TRIPLE DOUBLE 30 8'-0" 1500 SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 2000 to SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 4000 1000 DOUBLE N/A DOUBLE 40 8'-0" 1500 DOUBLE TRIPLE DOUBLE 2000 to SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 4000 PROCEDURE: 1. Determine the design roof live load of the home. 2. Determine the soil bearing capacity. - 3. Follow that line across the table to determine the type of footing configuration and spacing. 4. Footing placement to start at no more than one foot (1'-0" to edge of pier) from each corner of the home. 5. The spacing for any footing may exceed the spacing shown up to 10% as long as the average spacing does not exceed the spacing shown. These tables determine the footing pad configuration and footing spacing along the main beams and perimeter of the section(s). Refer to pages 13 and 14 for footing pad configuration details. Review the tables that indicate the footing type you are going to use for main beams and perimeter piers. Refer to page 17 for the procedure on using the tables. Main beam footing spacing table acceptable for roof live load 40 psf maximum. MAIN BEAM FOOTING CONFIGURATION AND SPACING 16" X 16" X 4" CONCRETE FOOTINGS 8" X 16" X 4" CONCRETE FOOTINGS n I:.- g in MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Dbl. Pad Footing Triple Pad Footing Two Dbl Pad Ftng. Main Beam Size Main Beam Size Main Beam Size 8" 1 10" 1 12" 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12- 1000 6' 6' 6' 8' 9' 9' 8' 10' 12' 1500 8' 9' 9' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 2000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 3000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 4000 8' 10' 12' V7 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 16" X 16" X 4" CONCRETE FOOTINGS a, MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) U M c Sgl. Pad Footing Dbl. Pad Footing Two Dbl Pad Ftng. Triple Pad Ftng. Main Beam Size 8" 10" 12" 1000 6' 6' 6' 8' 10' 12' Main Beam Size Main Beam Size Main Beam Size U) 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 1000 6' 6' 6' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 1500 8' 9' 9' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 2000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 3000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 4000 I 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 1 12' 8' 1 10' 1 12' Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 WZ: FLEEMOW. Page 23 • Copyright 02004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. 2 X 12 X 24" WOOD FOOTINGS A MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) U a n in Sgl. Pad Footing Main Beam Size 8" 10" 12" Dbl. Pad Footing Main Beam Size 8" 10" 12" Triple Pad Ftng. Main Beam Size 8" 10" 12" 1000 6' 6' 6' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 1500 8' 9'-6" 9'-0" 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 2000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 3000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 4000 8' 10' 12' 8' 1 10' 12' 8' 1 10' 1 12' Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 WZ: FLEEMOW. Page 23 • Copyright 02004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. MAIN BEAM FOOTING CONFIGURATIONS AND SPACING 14 WIDE = MULTIPLE SECTIONS 1 I I I I 1 SECTION "A"; I I I I I I I I L.• 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 :SECTION "B" ---------=--♦-----f--r-- ----- --- - 1 1 I 1 I SPACING H--'--f--I-----�'1 VARIES I I I I SECTION "C" SEE TABLE ' ■ MAIN BEAM FOOTINGS These tables determine the footing pad configuration and footing spacing along the main beams of the section(s). Refer to pages 13 and 14 for footing pad configuration details. Review the table that indicates the footing type you are going to use. Refer to page 17 for the procedure on using the tables. 2 X 12 X 24" WOOD FOOTINGS Roof Live Load (Ps U a N u n v°� MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Sgl. Pad Footing Dbl. Pad Footing Triple Pad Footing Main Beam Size Main Beam Size Main Beam Size 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 20 1000 3' 3' 3' 6'-6" 6'-6" 6'-6" 8' 9'-6" 9'-6" 20 1500 4'-6" 1 4'-6" 4'-6" 8' 9'-6" 9'-6" 8' 10' 12' 20 2000 6'-6" 6'-6" 6'-6" 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 20 3000 8' 9'-6" 9'-6" 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 20 4000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8" X 16" X 4" CONCRETE FOOTINGS Roof Live Load (Ps o Z � m N U a in MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Dbl. Pad Footing Triple Pad Footing Two Dbl Pad Ftng. Main Beam Size Main Beam Size Main Beam Size 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 20 1000 3' 3' 3' 4'-6" 4'-6" 4'-6" 6'-6" 6'-6" 6'-6" 20 1500 4'-6" 4'-6" 4'-6" 6'-6" 6'-6" 6'-6" 8' 9'-6" 9'-6" 20 2000 6' 6' 6' 8' 9' 9' 8' 10' 12' 20 3000 8' 9' 9' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 20 4000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 16" -X 16" X 4" CONCRETE FOOTINGS Roof Live,;-. Load (Ps z 0 U n U) MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Sgl. Pad Footing Dbl. Pad Footing Two Dbl Pad Ftng. Main Beam Size Main Beam Size Main Beam Size 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 20 1000 3' 3' 3' 6' 6' 6' 8' 10' 12' 20 1500 4'-6" 4'-6" 4'-6" 8' 9' 9' 8' 10' 12' 20 2000 6' 6' 6' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 20 3000 8' 9' 9' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 20 4000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' FOR HOMES IN 30 PSF OR HIGHER ROOF ZONES, USE PERIMETER PIERING AS SHOWN ON FOLLOWING PAGE. Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 1c F, EE7WOOD. Page 24 Copyright 02004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. MAIN BEAM WITH PERIMETER FOOTING CONFIGURATIONS AND SPACING 14 WIDE - MULTIPLE SECTIONS ;0 1a 0 10 a 1 0 a 1 0 0, a 131 0 O ai PERIMETER FOOTING' MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Dbl. Pad Footing Triple Pad Footing Two Dbl Pad Ftng. SECTION "A"; I 1 I I I SPACING 5'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 8' 8'-6" 8'-6" 8' 10' 11' 1500 I I :SECTION "B" It a. 4000 i 1 ° o o o' o o' 0 0! 1 I I I I SPACING ``` SECTION "C" VARIES SEE TABLE L-�� , ■ -MAIN BEAM FOOTINGS :00 1 ' ❑ PERIMETER FOOTINGS a a a o' 01. Concrete PERIMETER FOOTING CONFIGURATION AND SPACING L PROCEDURE: 1. Determine the design roof live load of the home. 2. Determine the soil bearing capacity. 3. Follow that line across the table to determine the type of footing configuration and spacing. 4. Footing placement to start at no more than one foot (1'-0" to edge of pier) from each corner of the home. 5. The spacing for any footing may exceed the spacing shown up to 10% as long as the average spacing does not exceed the spacing shown. These tables determine the footing pad configuration and footing spacing along the main beams and perimeter of the section(s). Refer to pages 13 and 14 for footing pad configuration details. Review the tables that indicate the footing type you are going to use for main beams and perimeter piers. Refer to page 17 for the procedure on using the tables. Main beam footing spacing table acceptable for roof live load 40 psf maximum. MAIN BEAM FOOTING CONFIGURATION AND SPACING 8" X 16" X 4" CONCRETE FOOTINGS PERIMETER FOOTING' MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Dbl. Pad Footing Triple Pad Footing Two Dbl Pad Ftng. CONFIGURATION AND SPACING 5'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 8' 8'-6" 8'-6" 8' 10' 11' 1500 8' 8'-6" 8'-6" 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' FOOTING CONFIGURATION m J C a. 4000 8' 10' 12' 8' 1 10' 1 12 8' 1 10' 12' 8' 10' 11' 8' 10' 12' mw c >_ J k t� N V ° 16" X 16" 8"X 16" 2x12 x24" o C c o Concrete Concrete Wood Pad L 0 8' 10' 12' Pad Pad 8' 10' 12' n in 20 1000 SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 6'-0" 1000 DOUBLE TRIPLE DOUBLE 20 8'-0" 1500 SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 200010 SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 4000 1000 DOUBLE TRIPLE DOUBLE 30 8'-0" 1500 SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 2000 to SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 4000 1000 DOUBLE N/A DOUBLE 40 1500 DOUBLE TRIPLE DOUBLE 2000 to SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 4000 PROCEDURE: 1. Determine the design roof live load of the home. 2. Determine the soil bearing capacity. 3. Follow that line across the table to determine the type of footing configuration and spacing. 4. Footing placement to start at no more than one foot (1'-0" to edge of pier) from each corner of the home. 5. The spacing for any footing may exceed the spacing shown up to 10% as long as the average spacing does not exceed the spacing shown. These tables determine the footing pad configuration and footing spacing along the main beams and perimeter of the section(s). Refer to pages 13 and 14 for footing pad configuration details. Review the tables that indicate the footing type you are going to use for main beams and perimeter piers. Refer to page 17 for the procedure on using the tables. Main beam footing spacing table acceptable for roof live load 40 psf maximum. MAIN BEAM FOOTING CONFIGURATION AND SPACING 16" X 16" X 4" CONCRETE FOOTINGS 8" X 16" X 4" CONCRETE FOOTINGS U n co W tJ g (n MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Dbl. Pad Footing Triple Pad Footing Two Dbl Pad Ftng. Main Beam Size Main Beam Size Main Beam Size 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 1000 5'-6" 5'-0" 5'-6" 8' 8'-6" 8'-6" 8' 10' 11' 1500 8' 8'-6" 8'-6" 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 2000 8' 10' 11' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 3000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 4000 8' 10' 12' 8' 1 10' 1 12 8' 1 10' 12' 16" X 16" X 4" CONCRETE FOOTINGS y U MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) a Sgt. Pad Footing Dbl. Pad Footing Two Dbl Pad Ftng. n Sgl. Pad Footing Dbl. Pad Footing Triple Pad Ftng. Main Beam Size Main Beam Size Main Beam Size U) 87 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12- 1000 5'-6" 6-6" 5'-6" 8' 10' 11' 8' 10' 12' 1500 8' 8'-6" 8'-6" 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 2000 8' 10' 11' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 3000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 4000 8' 10' 12' 1 8' 1 10' 12' Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 WZ: FLEETWOM. Page 25 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. 2 X 12 X 24" WOOD FOOTINGS y MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) U 10 Sgl. Pad Footing Dbl. Pad Footing Triple Pad Ftng. N L) a Main Beam Size Main Beam Size Main Beam Size in 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 1000 6' 6' 6' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 1500 8' 9' 9' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 2000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 3000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 4000 8' 10' 12' 1 8' 1 10' 1 12' 8' 1 10' 1 12' Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 WZ: FLEETWOM. Page 25 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. MAIN BEAM FOOTING CONFIGURATIONS AND SPACING 15/16 WIDE - MULTIPLE SECTIONS 1 1 1 I I I I SECTION1 "A"1:: Z' u N U a 1 1 1 I I I I > I -V-- 1 1 1 1 1 I 1I - I I I I I I I I I I Main Beam Size SECTION "B" ��;> V- 1 I I 1 I I 1 SPACING ,.�__r__t __r__♦__y�_« VARIES 8" I I I SEE TABLE SECTION "C"-:� 12" 1 1 , -1 ■ MAIN BEAM FOOTINGS , 12" 20 1000 These tables determine the footing. pad configuration and footing spacing along the main beams of the section(s). Refer to pages 13 and 14 for footing pad configuration details. Review the table that indicates the footing type you are going to use. Refer to page 17 for the procedure on using the tables. 2 X 12 X 24" WOOD FOOTINGS Roof Live Load (Psin Z' u N U a MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Sgl. Pad Footing Dbl. Pad Footing Triple Pad Footing Main Beam Size Main Beam Size Main Beam Size 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 20 1000 3' 3' 3' 5'-6" 5'-6" 5'-6" 8' 8'-6" 8'-6" 20 1500 4' 4' 4' 8' 8'-6" 8'-6" 8' 10' 12' 20 2000 5'-6" 5'-6" 5'-6" 8' 10' 11'-6" 8' 10' 12' 20 3000 8' 8'-6" 8'-6" 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 20 4000 8' 10' 11' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8" X 16" X 4" CONCRETE FOOTINGS Roof Live N MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Dbl. Pad Footing Triple Pad Footing Two Dbl Pad Ftng. Load U n Main Beam Size Main Beam Size Main Beam Size (Ps . N 8" 10" 12" 8" 10". 12" 8" 10" 12" 20 1000 2'-6" 2'-6" 2'-6" 4' 4' 4' 5'-6" 5'-6" 5'-6". 20 1500 4' 4' 4' 6', 6' 6' 8' 8' 8' 20 2000 5'-6" 5'-6" 5'-6" 8' 8' 8' 8' 10' 11' 20 3000. 8' 8' 8' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 20 4000 8' 10' 10'-6" 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 16" X 16" X 4" CONCRETE FOOTINGS Roof y. MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Live Load (Ps U fon N U a Sgl. Pad Footing Dbl. Pad Footing Two Dbl'Pad Ftng. Main Beam Size Main Beam Size Main Beam Size 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 20 1000 2'-6" 2'-6" 2'-6" 5'-6" 5'-6" 5-6" 8' 10' 11' 20 1500 4' 4' 4' 8' 8' 8' 8' 10' 12' 20 2000 5'-6" 5'-6" 5'-6" 8' 10' 11' 8' 10' 12' 20 3000 8' 8' 8' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 20 4000 8' 10' 10'-6" . 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' FOR HOMES IN 30 PSF OR HIGHER ROOF ZONES, USE PERIMETER PIERING AS SHOWN ON FOLLOWING PAGE. Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 'q W- 7WOiDO, Page 26 Copyright 02004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. MAIN BEAM WITH PERIMETER FOOTING CONFIGURATIONS AND SPACING 15/16 WIDE - MULTIPLE SECTIONS ;O tO 0 i O 0 0 0 0 0, 0 OI 0 0 0; I I 1 1 1 � 1 �•.1 Dbl. Pad Footing Triple Pad Footing Two Dbl Pad Ftng. SECTION "A"1: 1 1 I 1 1 > 1 I I V- I I 1 1 1 1 I 1 ,f-y---■---•__�'__�--♦--y---f--L--♦--y---■---„-may :SECTION "B" 2000 FOOTING o' o o' o o' 0 0• 1 1 I I ,�--r----y--♦---`c_M SPACING "C" VARIES SEETAaIE SECTION 1 -� ■ MAIN BEAM FOOTINGS rynN V a 16"X16" !00 0 0 ' 0 0' 0, O PERIMETER FOOTINGS PERIMETER FOOTING CONFIGURATION AND SPACING o PROCEDURE: 1. Determine the design roof live load of the home. 2. Determine the soil bearing capacity. 3. Follow that line across the table to determine the type of footing configuration and spacing. 4. Footing placement to start at no more than one foot (11-0" to edge of pier) from each corner of the home. 5. The spacing for any footing may exceed the spacing shown up to 10% as long as the average spacing does not exceed the spacing shown. These tables determine the footing pad configuration and footing spacing along the main beams and perimeter of the section(s). Refer to pages 13 and 14 for footing pad configuration details. Review the tables that indicate the footing type you are going to use for main beams and perimeter piers. Refer to page 17 for,the procedure on using the tables. Main beam footing spacing table acceptable for roof live load 40 psf maximum. MAIN BEAM FOOTING CONFIGURATION AND SPACING 8" X 16" X 4" CONCRETE FOOTINGS U n ca N v a to PERIMETER FOOTING Dbl. Pad Footing Triple Pad Footing Two Dbl Pad Ftng. Main Beam Size Main Beam Size Main Beam Size CONFIGURATION AND SPACING 1500 CU 2000 FOOTING CONFIGURATION 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' m nm rn� c 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12- >v rynN V a 16"X16" 8"X16" 2X12 X24" CMJ 8-s @ oConcrete o 8' 10' 12' Concrete wood Pad LL 0 0Pad 4000 Pad 8' 10' 12' n 20 1000 SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 6'-0" 1000 DOUBLE TRIPLE DOUBLE 20 1500 SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 2000 to SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 4000 1000 DOUBLE TRIPLE DOUBLE 30 1500 SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 2000 to SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 4000 1000 DOUBLE N/A DOUBLE 40 8'-0" 1500 DOUBLE TRIPLE DOUBLE 2000 to 4000 SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE PROCEDURE: 1. Determine the design roof live load of the home. 2. Determine the soil bearing capacity. 3. Follow that line across the table to determine the type of footing configuration and spacing. 4. Footing placement to start at no more than one foot (11-0" to edge of pier) from each corner of the home. 5. The spacing for any footing may exceed the spacing shown up to 10% as long as the average spacing does not exceed the spacing shown. These tables determine the footing pad configuration and footing spacing along the main beams and perimeter of the section(s). Refer to pages 13 and 14 for footing pad configuration details. Review the tables that indicate the footing type you are going to use for main beams and perimeter piers. Refer to page 17 for,the procedure on using the tables. Main beam footing spacing table acceptable for roof live load 40 psf maximum. MAIN BEAM FOOTING CONFIGURATION AND SPACING 8" X 16" X 4" CONCRETE FOOTINGS U n ca N v a to MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Dbl. Pad Footing Triple Pad Footing Two Dbl Pad Ftng. Main Beam Size Main Beam Size Main Beam Size —i7170 12" 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12- 1000 5' 5' 5' 7'-6" 7'-6" 7'-6" 8' 10' 10- 1500 7'-6" 7'$" 7'-6" 8' 10' 11' 8' 10' 12- 2000 8' 10' 10' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 3000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 4000 8' 10' 12' 1 8' 1 10' 1 12 8' 1 0' 12' 16" X 16" X 4" CONCRETE FOOTINGS D MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) a ° in Sgl. Pad Footing Main Beam Size 8.710" 12" Dbl. Pad Footing Two Dbl Pad Ftng. Main Beam Size Main Beam Size 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 1000 5' 5' 5' 8' 10' 10' 8' 10' 12' 1500 7'-6" 7'-6" 7'-6" 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12- 2000 8' 10' 10' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 3000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12- 14000 8' 10' 12' 1 8' 1 10' 1 12' 1 8' 1 10' 1 12' Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 WIF FLEETWOOD, Page 27 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. 2 X 12 X 24" WOOD FOOTINGS MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) U M c Sgl. Pad Footing Dbl. Pad Footing Triple Pad Ftng. O ° Main Beam Size Main Beam Size Main Beam Size U) 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 8" 10" 12" 1000 5' 5' 5' 8' 10' 10' 8' 10' 12' 1500 7'-0" 7'-6" T-6" 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 2000 8' 10' 10'-6" 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12- 3000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 4000 8' 10' 12' 8' 10' 12' 8' 1 10 12' Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 WIF FLEETWOOD, Page 27 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING USING PRE -POURED (UNREINFORCED) CONCRETE FOOTINGS MULTIPLE SECTIONS - 20 PSF ROOF These tables determine the footing spacing along the main beams of the section. 10/12/13 WIDE 14 WIDE 15/16 WIDE PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED 20" X 20" X 6" CONCRETE FOOTINGS 20" X 20" X 6" CONCRETE FOOTINGS 20" X 20" X 6" CONCRETE FOOTINGS > MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM > MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM o y FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) o '� y FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) o '� y FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) to U) as Main Beam Size U) m a Main Beam Size U) m a Main Beam Size U 8" 1 10" 12" U 8" 10" 12" 0 8" 10" 12" 1000 4'-6" 4'-6" 4'-6" 1000 4'-6" 4'-6" 4'-6" 1000 4'-0" 4'-0" 4'-0" 1500 7'-0" 7'-0" T-0" 1500 6'-6" 6'-6" 6'-6" 1500 5'-6" 5'-6" 5'-6" 2000 8'-0" 9'-6" 9'-6" 2000 8'-0" 9'-0" 9'-0" 2000 T-6" T-6" 7'-6" 3000 8'4" 10'-0" 12'-0" 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 11'-0" 4000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 4000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 4000 8'-0" 10'-0" 11'-0" PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED 24" X 24" X 6" CONCRETE FOOTINGS 24" X 24" X 6" CONCRETE FOOTINGS 24" X 24" X 6" CONCRETE FOOTINGS >, MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM > MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM >, MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM o '� FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) o '@ y FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) o '� y FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) m a Main Beam Size in m a Main Beam Size in m a Main Beam Size V 8" 10" 12" U 8" 10" 12" 0 8" 10" 12" 1000 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 1000 6'-6" 6'-6" 6'-6" 1000 5'-6" 5'-6" 5'-6" 1500 8'-0" 10'-0" 10'-6" 1500 8'-0" 10'-0" 10'-0" 1500 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 2000 8'-0" 10'4" 12'-0" 2000 8'4" 10'-0" 12'-0" 2000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 4000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 4000 8'-0" 1 10'-0" 1 12'-0" 4000 8'-0" 10'-0" 1 12'-0" PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED 28" X 28" X 8" CONCRETE FOOTINGS 28" X 28" X 8" CONCRETE FOOTINGS 28" X 28" X 8" CONCRETE FOOTINGS >, MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM >, MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM >, MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM '� y FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) ' y FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) o '� y FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) a � @ a Main Beam Size a to to a a Main Beam Size U) m a Main Beam Size U 8" 10" 12" V 8" 10" 12" V 8" 10" 12" 1000 8'-0" 9'-6" 9'-6" 1000 8'-0" 9'4" T-0" 1000 T-6" 7'-6" 7'-6" 1500 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 1500 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 1500 8'-0" 10'-0" 11'-0" 2000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 2000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 2000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 4000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 4000 8'-0" 10'-0" 1 12'-0" 4000 8'-0" 1 10'-0" 12'-0" PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED 32" X 32" X 8" CONCRETE FOOTINGS 32" X 32" X 8" CONCRETE FOOTINGS 32" X 32" X 8" CONCRETE FOOTINGS > MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM > MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM >, MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM N FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Z y FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) o '5 c:' FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) o to U) m a Main Beam Size o U) m a Main Beam Size U) m a Main Beam Size V 8" 10" 12" U 8" 10" 12" 0 8" 110" 12" 1000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 1000 8'-0" 10'-0" 10'-6" 1000 8'-0" 9'-6" 9'-6" 1500 8'-0" 10'4" 12'-0" 1500 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 1500 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 2000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 2000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 2000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 4000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 4000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 4000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED 36" X 36" X 8" CONCRETE FOOTINGS 36" X 36" X 8" CONCRETE FOOTINGS 36" X 36" X 8" CONCRETE FOOTINGS >, MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM >, MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM >, MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM '� N FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) o '� z FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) o '� y FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) o U) m a Main Beam Size U) m a Main Beam Size U) m a Main Beam Size U 8" 10" 12" 0 8„ 10" 12" U 8" 10" 12" 1000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 1000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 1000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 1500 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 1500 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 1500 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 2000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 2000 1 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 2000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 4000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 4000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 4000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" Equivalent round pad size: for 20" round pad, use charts for 16" x 16" pads for 24" round pad, use 20" x 20" charts for 28" round pad, use 24" x 24" charts for 32" round pad, use 28" x 28" charts for 36" round pad, use 32" x 32" charts Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 qwZ: FLEEM0100. Page 28 Copyright 02004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING USING PRE -POURED (UNREINFORCED) CONCRETE FOOTINGS MULTIPLE SECTIONS - 30 PSF ROOF These tables determine the footing spacing along the main beams of the section. 10/12/13 WIDE 14 WIDE 15/16 WIDE PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED 20" X 20" X 6" CONCRETE FOOTINGS 20" X 20" X 6" CONCRETE FOOTINGS 20" X 20" X 6" CONCRETE FOOTINGS >, MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM > MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM '� y FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) '� y FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) o '0 w FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) o U) m a Main Beam Size o w a Main Beam Size in m a Main Beam Size v 8" 110" 12" 0 8" 10" 12" U 8" 10" 12" 1000 4'-0" 4'-0" 4'-0" 1000 4'-0" 4'-0" 4'-0" 1000 T-0" T-0" T-0" 1500 6'-0" 6'-0" 6'-0" 1500 6'-0" 6'-0" 6'-0" 1500 5'-0" 5'-0" 5'-0" 2000 8'-0" 8'-6" 8'-6" 2000 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 2000 6'-6" 6'-6" 6'-6- 3000 8'-0" 10'4" 12'-0" 3000 1 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 10'-0" 4000 1 8'-0" 10'-0" 1 12'-0" 4000 8'-0" 1 10'-0" 12'-0" 4000 8'-0" 10'-0" 1 10'-6" PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED 24" X 24" X 6" CONCRETE FOOTINGS 24" X 24" X 6" CONCRETE FOOTINGS 24" X 24" X 6" CONCRETE FOOTINGS :1 MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM >, MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM > MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM o '� FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) o Z N FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) o m w FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) w to m a Main Beam Size a Coin 0 Size Main Beam Si 8" 10" 12" m a U Main Beam Size F 10" 12" v 8" 1 10" 12" 1000 6'-0" 6'-0" 6'-0" 1000 5'-6" 5'-6" 5'-6" 1000 4'-6" 4'-6" 4'- 1500 8'-0" 9'-0" 9'-0" 1500 8'-0" 8'-6" 8'-6" 1500 T-0" T-0" T-0" 2000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 2000 8'-0" 10'-0" 11'-6" 2000 8'-0" 9'-6" 9'-6- 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 4000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 4000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-'0" 4000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED 28" X 28" X 8" CONCRETE FOOTINGS PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED 28" X 28" X 8" CONCRETE FOOTINGS PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED 28" X 28" X 8" CONCRETE FOOTINGS >, o '� N in m a MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Main Beam Size > o '� N in m a U MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM- FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Main Beam Size 8" 10" 12" > o U y in c a U MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Main Beam Size 8" 10" 12" V 8" 10" 12" 1000 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 1000 T-6" T-6" T-6" 1000 6'-6" 6'-6" 6'-6" 1500 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 1500 8'-0" 10'-0" 11'-6" 1500 8'-0" 10'-0" 10'-0" 2000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 2000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 2000 8'4" 10'-0" 12'-0" 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 3000 1 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 4000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 4000 8'-0" 10'-0" 1 12'-0" 4000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED 32" X 32" X 8" CONCRETE FOOTINGS PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED 32" X 32" X 8" CONCRETE FOOTINGS PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED 32" X 32" X 8" CONCRETE FOOTINGS >, o '� z U) c a 0 MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Main Beam Size 8" 1 10" 12" >, o '@ N in c a V MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Main Beam Size 8" 10" 12" >, SPACING a ' at N in @ a V MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING (In Feet) Main Beam Size 8" 1 10" 12" 1000 8'-0" 10'-0" 10'-6" 1000 8'-011- 10'-0" 10'-0" 1000 8'-0" 8'-6" 8'-6- 1500 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 1500 8'-0" 10'4" 12'-0" 1500 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 2000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 2000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 2000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 4000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 4000 8'-0" 10'4" 12'-0" 4000 8'-0" - 10'-0" 12'-0" PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED 36" X 36" X 8" CONCRETE FOOTINGS PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED 36" X 36" X 8" CONCRETE FOOTINGS PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED 36" X 36" X 8" CONCRETE FOOTINGS > o 'cc N U) m a 0 MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Main Beam Size 8" 1 10., 12" >, o '@ y in @ a in U MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Size Main Beam Si 81• 10" 12" > o '� N c a to U MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Main Beam Size 8" 10" 12" 1000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 1000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 1000 8'-0" 10'-0" 11'-0" 1500 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 1500 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 1500 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 2000 8'-0" 1014" 12'-0" 2000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 2000 8'-0" 10'4. 12'-0" ' 18'3000 -0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 4000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 4000 8'-0:' 10'-0" 12'-0" 4000 1 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" Equivalent round pad size: for 20" round pad, use charts for 16" x 16" pads for 24" round pad, use 20" x 20" charts for 28" round pad, use 24" x 24" charts for 32" round pad, use 28" x 28" charts for 36" round pad, use 32" x 32" charts Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 WZ: FLEETWO . Page 29 Copyright 02004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING USING PRE -POURED (UNREINFORCED) CONCRETE FOOTINGS MULTIPLE SECTIONS - 40 PSF ROOF These tables determine the footing spacing along the main beams of the section. 10/12/13 WIDE 14 WIDE 15/16 WIDE PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED 20" X 20" X 6" CONCRETE FOOTINGS 20" X 20" X 6" CONCRETE FOOTINGS 20" X 20" X 6" CONCRETE FOOTINGS Z' MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM T MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM > MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM Z y o FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) = '@ y FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) o 'M N FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) U) CL's Main Beam Size in @ s Main Beam Size U) C a Main Beam Size U 8" 110.. 12" U 8" 10" 12" U 8" 10" 12" 1000 3'-6" T-6" 3'-6" 1000 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 1000 3'-0" 3'-0" 3'-0" 1500 5'-6" 5'-6" 5'-6" 1500 5'-0" 5'-0" 5'-0" 1500 4'-6" 4'-6" 4'-6" 2000 7'-6" 7'-6" 7'-6" 2000 6'-6" 6'-6" 6'-6" 2000 6'-0" 6'-0" 6'-0" 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 11'-0" 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 10'-6" 3000 8'-0" 9'-0" 9'-0" 4000 8'-0" 10'-0" 11'-6" 4000 8'-0" 10'-0" 11'-0" 4000 8'-0" 9'-0" 9'-0" PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED 24" X 24" X 6" CONCRETE FOOTINGS 24" X 24" X 6" CONCRETE FOOTINGS 24" X 24" X 6" CONCRETE FOOTINGS T MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM > MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM > MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM o Z w FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) o '� y FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) '@ y FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) U) @ a Main Beam Size U) a Main Beam Size o U) a 8 Main Beam Size V 8" 1 10" 12" v 8" 10" 12" v 8" 10" 12" 1000 5'-6" 5'-6" 5'-6" 1000 5'-0" 5'-0" 5'-0" 1000 4'-0" 4'-0" 4'-0" 1500 8'-0" 8'-0" 8'-0" 1500 7'-6" 7'-6" 7'-6" 1500 6'-6" 6'-6" 6'-6" 2000 8'-0" 10'-0" 11'-0" 2000 8'-0" 10'-0" 10'-0" 2000 8'-0" 8'-6" 8'-6" 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 4000 1 8'-0" 10'-0" 1 12'-0" 4000 8'-0" 1 10'-0" 1 12'-0" 4000 8'-0" 10'-0" 1 12'-0" PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED 28" X 28" X 8" CONCRETE FOOTINGS 28" X 28" X 8" CONCRETE FOOTINGS 28" X 28" X 8" CONCRETE FOOTINGS > MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM > MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM > MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM a 'a N FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) o '@ N FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) a '� N FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) v) @ n Main Beam Size in a Main Beam Size to C a Main Beam Size V 8" 10" 12" v 8" 10" 12" U 8" 10" 12" 1000 7'-6" 7'-6" 7'-6" 1000 7'-0" 7'-0" 7'-0" 1000 6-0" 6-0" 6'-0" 1500 8'-0" 10'-0" 11'-0" 1500 8'-0" 10'4" 10'-6" 1500 8'-0" 9'-0" 9'-0" 2000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 2000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 2000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 4000 1 8'-0" 10'-0"1 12'-0" 4000 1 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 4000 8'-0" 10'-0" 1 12 -0 - PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED 32" X 32" X 8" CONCRETE FOOTINGS PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED 32" X 32" X 8" CONCRETE FOOTINGS PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED 32" X 32" X 8" CONCRETE FOOTINGS >, o '� N ins V MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Main Beam Size 8" 110" 12" > o ' N U) a V MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Main Beam Size 8" 10" 12" >, o '� z in m a V MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Main Beam Size 8" 110" 12" 1000 8'-0" 9'-6" 9'-6" 1000 8'-0" 9'-0" 9'-0" 1000 7'-6" 7'-6" 7'-6" 1500 8'-0" 10'4" 12'-0" 1500 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 1500 8'-0" 10'-0" 11'-6" 2000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 2000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 2000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 4000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 4000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 4000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED 36" X 36" X 8" CONCRETE FOOTINGS PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED 36" X 36" X 8" CONCRETE FOOTINGS PRE -POURED UNREINFORCED 36" X 36" X 8" CONCRETE FOOTINGS >, o ZN U) m s MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Main Beam Size >, = '� z U) a 8 MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM>, FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Main Beam Size o '� H U) @ s MAXIMUM MAIN BEAM FOOTING SPACING (In Feet) Main Beam Size V 8"1 10" 12" V 8" 10" 12" U 8" 110" 12" 1000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 1000 8'-0" 10'-0" 11'-6" 1000 8'-0" 10'-0" 9'-6" 1500 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 1500 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 1500 8'-0" 10'-0" 11'-6" 2000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 2000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 2000 8'-0" 10'-0" 11'-6" 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 3000 8'-0" 10'-0" 11'-6" 4000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 4000 8'-0" 10'-0" 12'-0" 4000 8'-0" 10'-0" Equivalent round pad size: for 20" round pad, use charts for 16" x 16" pads for 24" round pad, use 20" x 20" charts for 28" round pad, use 24" x 24" charts for 32" round pad, use 28" x 28" charts for 36" round pad, use 32" x 32" charts Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 WV: FLEEIWOM. Page 30 Copyright 02004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. TRIPLE SECTION WITH TRANSVERSE ROOF FOOTING CONFIGURATIONS AT MAIN BEAM AND SUPPORT POSTS --1------------a }r ®SUPPORT POST ; ' SECTION "A:': 'r LOCATIONS MAIN BEAM +-----------+----------- +----------- ; FOOTINGS ----------- --------- ------- -------- SECTION "B" :FOOTING AT EACH END OF -�------------ --------•------------------ --------------- MAIN BEAMS MINIMUM FOOTING CONFIGURATIONS UNDER PIERS AT EACH END OF MAIN BEAMS — - SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR MIN. If roof -less deck is on the end of the tag unit, only the 8" x 16" x 4" Concrete Footings SECTION "C" i i PIER LOAD CAPACITY UNDER main beam footings need be under the deck. The Section SUPPORT POSTS. 'footings at. each end of main beams" will terminate Section ROOF -LESS under tag walls. PROCEDURE DECK (OPT.) E ----+I ® For the minimum loads for the support posts, review the Length Main beam footing configurations and piers can be the first column in the table on the floor plan entitled Length same type, configuration and spacing as determined for "Minimum Pier Loads (lbs.)". Length the main beams for the main sections of the home. Using the same soil capacity column chosen for the main ((ft.) For footing configurations under the piers at each end of unit beam footings, select a footing and footing ^(ft.) the main beams see the tables below. Use the same configuration that meets or exceeds the minimum loads soil capacity column as used for the main unit beam from the table on the floor plan for each support post. footings. See pages 13 and 14 for footing configuration selection. MINIMUM FOOTING CONFIGURATIONS UNDER PIERS AT EACH END OF MAIN BEAMS 12 WIDE TRIPLE SECTION 16" x 16" x 4" Concrete Footings 8" x 16" x 4" Concrete Footings 2 x 12 x 24" Wood Footings Soil Section Roof Live Load Soil Section Roof Live Load Soil Section Roof Live Load Capacity Length Max. (psf) Capacity Length Max. (psf) Capacity Length Max. (psf) (psi ((ft.) (psi ^(ft.) (psi 20 30 40 20 .30 40 (ft) 20 30 40 1000 36 Quad Quad Quad 30 2 Triple 2 Triple 2 Triple 22 Double Triple Triple 30 Double Double Double 1000 36 2 Triple 2 Triple N/A 1000 36 Triple Triple Triple 1500 36 Double Double Quad 22 Triple 2 Double 2 Double 1500 36 Double Double Double 2000 36 Double Double Double 1500 30 2 Double 2 Double 2 Double 22 Single Double Double 36 2 Double 2 Double 2 Triple 2000 30 Single Single Single 36 Double Double Double 3000 36 Single Single I Double 2000 30 Triple Triple Triple 3000 36 Single Single Single 4000 36 Single Single Single 36 Triple Triple 2 Double 4000 36 Single Single Single 30 Double Double Double 3000 36 Double Double Triple 4000 36 Double Double Double 13 OR 14 WIDE TRIPLE SECTION 16" x 16" x 4" Concrete Footings 8" x 16" x 4" Concrete Footings 2 x 12 x 24" Wood Footings Soil Section Roof Live Load Soil Section Roof Live Load Soil Section Roof Live Load Capacity Length Max. (psf) Caax.pacity Length Max. (psf) Caax.pacity Length Max. (psf) (psi (psf) A(ft.) (psi n(ft) 20 20 30 40 20 30 40 20 30 40 1000 36 Quad Quad Quad 1000 26 36 2 Triple 2 Triple 2 Triple N/A N/A N/A 1000 26 36 Triple Triple Triple Triple Triple N/A 26 Double Double Quad 1500 36 Double Quad Quad 1500 26 36 2 Double 2 Double 2 Double 2 Triple 2 Triple P 2 Triple 1500 26 36 Double Double Double Double Double Triple 2000 36 Double Double Double 26 Single Single Double 26 Triple Triple 2 Double 2000 36 Double Double Double 3000 36 Single Double Double 2000 36 Triple 2 Double 2 Double 3000 26 36 Single Single Single Single Single Double 4000 36 Single Double Double 26 Double Double Triple 3000 36 Double Triple Triple 4000 36 Single Single Double 4000 36 Double Double Double Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 WV FLEE OOD. Page 31 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. MULTI WIDE SECTIONS RIDGE BEAM SUPPORT POST MATING LINE FOOTING CONFIGURATIONS ' I NOTE: THE FOOTING CAPACITY TABLE ON THIS SECTION "A" PAGE INDICATES THE MAXIMUM LOAD THAT CAN BE PLACED ON THE VARIOUS FOOTING I CONFIGURATIONS. THE MINIMUM LOADS FOR THE RIDGE BEAM SUPPORT POSTS HAVE BEEN r-- ---t- ---i SECTIbN "B" ; ---- t- -- -t--- -- ESTABLISHED FOR EACH POST ON THE MODEL SECTIFLOOR PLAN ATTACHED TO THE FLAP IN THE BACK I -------}------ a ------- ------ }-- -a -- -- 4=- OF THIS MANUAL. �I SEE FLOOR PLAN i ------- ;-------h:; FOR MIN. PIER LOAD SECTION "C"CAPACITY UNDER RIDGE -' BEAM SUPPORT POSTS =- a-- ---------�=- SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR MIN. PIER LOAD CAPACITY UNDER ® SUPPORT POST SIDEWALLS FOR TRIPLE SECTION UNITS IF REQUIRED LOCATIONS PROCEDURE 1. The location of the ridge beam support posts are designated by yellow labels along the floor mating line of the home, and on the floor plan by a square symbol containing a letter, for example © Post A)s always the first support post at the front or tow bar end of the section. 2. Review the first column in the table on the floor plan entitled 'POST DATA', for the minimum loads for each pair of support posts. 3. Using the same soil capacity column chosen for the main beam piers, select a footing and footing configuration that meets or exceeds the minimum loads from the table on the floor plan for each mating line pier. 4. The type of pier and footing selected under the support posts are to meet or exceed the minimum loads established for each mating line pier. NOTE: FOR A THIRD SECTION WITH TRANSVERSE ROOF DESIGN SEE PAGE 31 FOR MAIN BEAM AND SUPPORT POST PIERING REQUIREMENTS. NOTES 1. Due to the various loads required by each pair of support posts, footing configurations will most likely be different from post to post. See Example 1. 2. Single -stack concrete blocks supporting mating line footings may be oriented in either direction, either perpendicular to floor rim plate (as shown below) or parallel to rim. EXAMPLE Post ❑E has a minimum pier load of 3,200 lbs. Using 1000 lbs. soil capacity and 16" x 16" x 4" concrete pads, a double 16" x 16" x 4" footing is required under a single block pier at post location QE . SUPPORT POST DESIGNATED SINGLE BLOCK PIER CONCLUSION: This footing conflgul dLIUlt UdlI carry a maximum of 3500 lbs. JLY ONE HOME :CTION SHOWN IR CLARITY DOUBLE 16"X 16"X4" PAD FOOTING LIVE LOAD: 30 LBS. Soil Capacity DOUBLE (PSF) PAD LABEL LOCATION UNIT POST PIER LOAD" A 5,200 A 32 3,200 A 8,000 B 32 5,300 B 14'-1 1/4" A 7 9,100 B 14'-11/4" B 7 10,600 C 30'-41/4" A 7 8,900 C 30'-41/4" B 7 3,500 D 44'-0" A 32 3,100 D 44'-0" B 32 7,100 EXAMPLE OF MINIMUM SUPPORT t POST LOADS FOUND ON FLOOR PLAN I FOOTING CAPACITIES MAX. I 8" x 16" x 4" CONCRETE PAD Soil Capacity DOUBLE (PSF) PAD TRIPLE 2 DOUBLE 2 TRIPLE PAD PADS PADS 1000 1,700 2,600 3,500 5,200 1500 2,600 4,000 5,300 8,000 2000 3,500 5,300 7,100 10,600 3000 5,200 8,000 10,600 16,000 4000 7,000 10,600 14,200 21,200 16" x 16" x 4" CONCRETE PAD Soil Capacity SINGLE (PSF) PAD DOUBLE 2 DOUBLE PAD PADS QUAD PADS 1000 1,700 3,500 7,000 7,000 1500 2,600 5,300 10,600 10,600 2000 3,500 7,100 14,200 14,200 3000 5,200 10,600 1 21,200 21,200 4000 7,000 14,200 1 28,400 28,400 2 x 12 x 24" WOOD Soil Capacity SINGLE (PSF) PAD DOUBLE PADS TRIPLE PADS 1000 2,000 4,000 6,000 1500 3,000 6,000 9,000 2000 4,000 8,000 12,000 3000 6,000 12,000 18,000 4000 8,000 16,000 i 24,000 Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 N-FLEElW41DD, Page 32 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. WOOD — WEDGES MATING LINE SUPPORT POST PIERS' USING CONCRETE BLOCK ONLY ONE HOME +` SUPPORTPTSUPPORT SUPPORT : • POSTS � SECTION SHOWN _ FOR CLARITY POST OR MATING LINE CAP BLOCK DOUBLE BLOCK PIER IF REQUIRED Center of pier may be set back a maximum of 12" from end of home. PIER AT END WALL PIER CENTERLINI 12 END OF FLOOR 1 4- OSS WOOD WEDGES CAP BLOCK SINGLE BLOCK DOUBLE BLOCK PIER(S) AT SUPPORT,POSTS (WITHOUT LABELED G -STRAP) WOOD WEDGES CAP BLOCK ONLY ONE HOME SECTION SHOWN FOR CLARITY LABELED G- STRAP(S) - WOOD WEDGES -CAP BLOCK `—SECOND PIER IF REQUIRED For multiple piers at G -strap each pier need only support half of the total support post load. PIER(S) AT SUPPORT POSTS (WITH LABELED G -STRAP) MATING LINE SUPPORT POST PIERS USING COMMERCIAL METAL PIERS MAXI ONLY ONE HOME MAX SUPPORT SECTION SHOWN I SUPPORT POST ;. ^,zi FOR CLARITY MATINGPOST R MATING LINE SECOND PIER IF REQUIRED .18" MAX WALL ONLY ONE HOME SECTION SHOWN FOR CLARITY -LABELED GTRAP SECOND PIER'- IF REQUIRED >18 --- MAX Centerline of pier may be set back a maximum of 12" from end of home. PIER AT END WALL PIER(S) AT SUPPORT POSTS PIER(S) AT SUPPORT POSTS (WITHOUT LABELED G -STRAP) (WITH LABELED G -STRAP) TIEDOWN OF LABELED G -STRAPS AT SUPPORT POST . ,+ . LOCATIONS . r . SINGLE ANCHOR NEED ONLY DEVELOP 3150 LBS ALLOWABLE LOAD. LABELED G-1 STRAPS -BOTH STRAPS MAY BE FASTENED TO A SINGLE ANCHOR HEAD. LABELED G-1 STRAPS - LABELED G-2 STRAPS STRAPS MUST BE FASTENED TO INDIVIDUAL ANCHORS LABELED G-2 STRAPS Each anchor must develop 3150 lbs. allowable load. No stabilizer plate is required for ground anchor at labeled G -strap along mating line. Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 _0 FLEE7W000. Page 33 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. SUPPORT POST+ 4 X 10 BEAM (SPF #2) 11,700 LBS. MAX. LOAD SUPPORT a ; f ; i; - 4 X 12 BEAM (SPF #2) POST 5z, t. i; �15,500 LBS. MAX. LOAD WEDGES Twin Concrete Block Piers At Mating Line Support Post 8" x 16:'x 4" CONCRETE PADS WOOD 2 EACH TRIPLE PADS 1000 5200 1500 8000 WEDGES 10,600 3000 15,500' 4000 AP BLOCK 10,600 15,500' • 1500 CAP 2000 14,200 15,500' 2000 10,600 3000 1 15,500' 1 15,500' 3000 13,500' BLOCK 1 15,500' 1 15,500` 4000 13,500' ,gyp `16 TO BE USED WITH SEE TABLES FOR CAPACITIES SEE TABLES FOR TO BE USED WITH: 8" X 16" X 4" TRIPLE PAD CAPACITIES 8"X 16"X 4" TRIPLE PAD 16"X 16"X 4" DOUBLE PAD Twin Concrete Block Piers At Mating Line Support Post 16" X 16" X 4" DOUBLE PAD 2 X 12 X 24" DOUBLE PAD SUPPORT 4+ ` POST 4 X 14 BEAM SUPPORT i'=:; SPF #2) 13,500 LBS. MAX. LOAD +Y 4 X 14 BEAM } 13,500 LBS. MAX. LOAD r' ` WOOD WEDGES �t. = AP BLOCK 2 �TO BE USED WITH: l ) 7: 8" X 16"X 4" TRIPLE PAD �P� 16"X 16"X 4" DOUBLE PAD 1 tib "��� 16" X 16" X 4" QUAD PAD TO BE USED WITH: l2A 2 X 12 X 24" DOUBLE PAD - 8" X 16" X 4" TRIPLE PAD 16" X 16" X 4" DOUBLE PAD SEE TABLES FOR CAPACITIES SEE TABLES FOR 2 X 12 X 24" DOUBLE PAD Twin Concrete Block Piers At Mating Line Support Post 8" x 16:'x 4" CONCRETE PADS SOIL CAPACITY (PEF) 2 EACH TRIPLE PADS 1000 5200 1500 8000 2000 10,600 3000 15,500' 4000 15,500' CAPACITIES Twin Metal Piers At Mating Line Support Post 16" x 16" x 4" CONCRETE PADS 2 x 12 x 24" WOOD PADS SOIL CAPACITY (PSF) 2 EACH DOUBLE PADS 2 EACH QUAD PADS SOIL CAPACITY (PSF) 2 EACH DOUBLE PADS 1000 7000 14,000 1000 8000 1500 10,600 15,500' • 1500 12,000 2000 14,200 15,500' 2000 10,600 3000 1 15,500' 1 15,500' 3000 13,500' 4000 1 15,500' 1 15,500` 4000 13,500' ' - Pad capacity limited by beam capacity. Note: 1. All capacities shown'are based on the footing capacity. Individual piers nwst also be capable of the capacity shown or the configuration must be reduced to match the pier capacity. Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 �c"FLEE7WOOD, Page 34 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. SUPPORT POST 4�; ; =••, 2 - 4 X 10 BEAMS (SPF #2) (NOTE 1) 11,700 LBS. MAX. LOAD y ' 2 - 4 X 12 BEAM (SPF #2) (NOTE.1) t, 15,500 LBS. MAX. LOAD "a WOOD WEDGES AP BLOCK L� TO BE USED WITH: ` ✓ 8" X 16"X 4" TRIPLE PAD �C 16" X 16" X 4"DOUBLE PAD 11161 2" X 12" X 24" DOUBLE PAD SEE TABLES FOR CAPACITIES SUPPORT POSTS t; =.•, 2 - 4 X 14 BEAMS (SPF #2) 13,500 LBS. MAX. LOAD (NOTE 1) i{F WOOD WEDGES AP BLOCK �p I TO BE USED WITH: L" 8" X 16" X 4" TRIPLE PAD \� 16" X 16"X 4" DOUBLE PAD 16" X 16" X 4"QUAD PAD 2" X 12" X 24" DOUBLE PAD lZa , SEE TABLES FOR CAPACITIES Twin Concrete Block Piers At Mating Line Support Post With G -Strap . NOTE: Double beam must be size shown due to Engineering calculation (shear critical). Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 N� FLEETWOOD, Page 35 Copyright ®2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. PORCHES PO4LH OPENING(S)IIILAY BE AT, VARIOUS LOCATIONS. PORCH LOCATION MAY BE ON ONE OR MORE SECTIONS OF HOME. IL MP SEC' FOOTING AND PIERS UNDER THE MAIN BEAMS DCDI�ACTCD Cll11TIA11 nntn of OF THE PORCH SHOULD BE THE SAME TYPE, CONFIGURATION, AND SPACING AS DETERMINED FOR THE MAIN BEAMS OF THE MAIN SECTION(S) OF THE HOME. FRONT VIEW BE LOCATED AT EACH PORCH POST _. LOCATION. SEE PROCEDURE (BELOW) TO DETERMINE FOOTING CONFIGURATION. SIDE VIEW CAUTION: AREA UNDER PORCH SHOULD NOT BE GRADED OR ENCLOSED BY A FOUNDATION THAT PREVENTS WATER FROM DRAINING AWAY FROM THE HOME. FOUNDATION OR SKIRTING SHALL FOLLOW THE EXTERIOR WALL OF THE MAIN SECTION(S). NOTE: WHEN A SECTION OF A MULTI SECTION HOME IS ONLY A PORCH, MAIN BEAM AND PERIMETER FOOTINGS AND PIERS ARE DETERMINED AS OUTLINED ON THIS PAGE. PORCH POSTS SUPPORTED BY FRONT OR REAR FULL WIDTH METAL FRAME CROSSMEMBER DO NOT REQUIRE PIERS. PERIMETER FOOTINGS UNDER PORCH POSTS PROCEDURE: 1. Determine the design roof live load of the home 2. Determine the soil bearing capacity. 3. Determine the spacing of the porch posts. 4. Follow that line across the table to determine the type of footing configuration. PERIMETER FOOTING CONFIGURATION BASED ON PORCH POST SPACING - MAX. 14 WIDE SECTION (cont'd) MAX. 14 WIDE SECTION Co C o y a> y d FOOTING CONFIGURATIONS J rn (D g U n C O ._0.. a J x JU a �u 16"X16"x4" 8"X16"x4" 2X12X24" o 2 o a0 n Concrete Pad Concrete Pad Wood Pad U) in rn MP SEC' FOOTING AND PIERS UNDER THE MAIN BEAMS DCDI�ACTCD Cll11TIA11 nntn of OF THE PORCH SHOULD BE THE SAME TYPE, CONFIGURATION, AND SPACING AS DETERMINED FOR THE MAIN BEAMS OF THE MAIN SECTION(S) OF THE HOME. FRONT VIEW BE LOCATED AT EACH PORCH POST _. LOCATION. SEE PROCEDURE (BELOW) TO DETERMINE FOOTING CONFIGURATION. SIDE VIEW CAUTION: AREA UNDER PORCH SHOULD NOT BE GRADED OR ENCLOSED BY A FOUNDATION THAT PREVENTS WATER FROM DRAINING AWAY FROM THE HOME. FOUNDATION OR SKIRTING SHALL FOLLOW THE EXTERIOR WALL OF THE MAIN SECTION(S). NOTE: WHEN A SECTION OF A MULTI SECTION HOME IS ONLY A PORCH, MAIN BEAM AND PERIMETER FOOTINGS AND PIERS ARE DETERMINED AS OUTLINED ON THIS PAGE. PORCH POSTS SUPPORTED BY FRONT OR REAR FULL WIDTH METAL FRAME CROSSMEMBER DO NOT REQUIRE PIERS. PERIMETER FOOTINGS UNDER PORCH POSTS PROCEDURE: 1. Determine the design roof live load of the home 2. Determine the soil bearing capacity. 3. Determine the spacing of the porch posts. 4. Follow that line across the table to determine the type of footing configuration. NOTES: 1. Length of porch can be subtracted from length of main section when determining longitudinal tiedown strap requirements. 2. See page 49 to see if longitudinal strap requirements apply. PERIMETER FOOTING CONFIGURATION BASED ON PORCH POST SPACING - MAX. 14 WIDE SECTION (cont'd) MAX. 14 WIDE SECTION Co C o y a> y d FOOTING CONFIGURATIONS J rn (D g U n C O ._0.. a J x JU a �u 16"X16"x4" 8"X16"x4" 2X12X24" o 2 o a0 n Concrete Pad Concrete Pad Wood Pad U) in rn 1000 1000 DOUBLE SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 1500 1500 SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 20,30 TO & 40 2000 to 4000 OVER SINGLE 4--0- SINGLE 4000 1000 SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 1000 1500 SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 20 1500 SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 2000 to 4000 1 MAX SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 1500 4000 OVER DOUBLE 40 1000 DOUBLE TRIPLE SINGLE 4'-0" 1500 SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 30 TO 6'-0" 2000 to 4000 MAX SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 1000 DOUBLE TRIPLE DOUBLE 40 1500 SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 2000 to 4000 SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE NOTES: 1. Length of porch can be subtracted from length of main section when determining longitudinal tiedown strap requirements. 2. See page 49 to see if longitudinal strap requirements apply. Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 1FLEETW4iD�D, Page 36 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. PERIMETER FOOTING CONFIGURATION BASED ON PORCH POST SPACING - MAX. 14 WIDE SECTION (cont'd) Co C ?_ y a> FOOTING CONFIGURATIONS J N m a O aC O w d m J x U a 2 16"X16"x4" 8"X16"x4" 2X12X24" a0 o 2 o a Concrete Pad Concrete Pad Wood Pad U) rn 1000 DOUBLE TRIPLE DOUBLE 20 1500 SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 2000 to 4000 OVER SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 1000 DOUBLE TRIPLE DOUBLE 6--0- 1500 SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 30 TO 2000 to 8'-0" 4000 1 MAX SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE 1000 DOUBLE N/A DOUBLE 1500 DOUBLE TRIPLE DOUBLE 40 2000 to 4000 SINGLE DOUBLE SINGLE Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 1FLEETW4iD�D, Page 36 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. DECKS DECK OPENING(S) MAY BE AT VARIOUS LOCATIONS. DECK LOCATION MAY BE ON ONE OR MORE SECTIONS OF HOME. FRONT VIEW MAI I\ SECTI( �.. �.. , ..� MAIN BEAMS OF THE DECK SHOULD BE THE SAME TYPE, CONFIGURATION AND SPACING AS DETERMINED FOR THE MAIN BEAMS OF THE MAIN SECTION(S) OF THE HOME. SIDE VIEW CAUTION: DECK AREA SHOULD NOT BE ENCLOSED BY A FOUNDATION OR SKIRTING THAT PREVENTS WATER FROM DRAINING AWAY FROM THE HOME. (SEE BELOW). FOUNDATION OR SKIRTING SHOULD FOLLOW THE EXTERIOR WALL OF THE MAIN SECTION(S). 1. Length of deck can be subtracted from length of main 3. Decorative skirting or underpinningmay be used around section when determining longitudinal tiedown strap the deck area as long as holes or gaps are provided to requirements allow sufficient drainage of rain runoff from under the 2. See page 49 to see if Longitudinal Strap requirements deck. Ground under porch should be graded to prevent apply. water runoff from collecting under rest of the home. 0 Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 . . 'WZ;!-FLEEM000, Page 37 Copyright ®2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. k• . Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 N@,O;7-FLEE7WOIOD, Page 38 Copyright 02004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. CHAPTER 5 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE POSITIONING AND LEVELING OF THE SECTION($) WHEN SITE PREPARTATION IS COMPLETE AND YOU HAVE SELECTED FOOTING AND PIER TYPES, YOU MAY NOW BEGIN INITIAL INSTALLATION OF THE HOME. WARNING: THE HOME'S STRUCTURE WEIGHS SEVERAL TONS! ADEQUATE SUPPORT BLOCKING MUST BE-. USED TO SAFEGUARD PERSONNEL AND THE STRUCTURE DURING ALL INSTALLATION PROCEDURES. PERSONNEL SHOULD NOT BE PERMITTED TO WORK UNDER THE HOME WHERE THEY MIGHT BE INJURED IF THE HOME ACCIDENTALLY SLIPS DURING THE INSTALLATION PROCESS. DURING LEVELING, TAKE CARE TO AVOID STRESSING THE HOME. EXCESSIVE AND/OR NON-UNIFORM JACKING DURING THE LEVELING PROCESS WILL CAUSE THE HOME TO BE RACKED AND TWISTED AND MAY RESULT IN DAMAGE TO THE HOME. MeCZLEARANCE NG PLATE MADE FROM 4" X 12"-18" LONG NNEL. (SUGGESTED C4 X 5.4 LBS/FT) WARNING: TO PREVENT THE HOME FROM SLIPPING OFF THE JACK, USE JACKING PLATES OR OTHER EQUIVALENT MEANS WHEN JACKING /2" X 12" MIN. THE FRAME MAIN BEAM. BE SURE TO ADEQUATELY DISTRIBUTE THE CONCENTRATED LOAD OF THE JACK HEAD TO THE FRAME MEMBERS. THIS WILL AVOID DAMAGE TO THE BEAM AND PRESERVE THE WARRANTY. SEE DETAIL FOR RECOMMENDED JACKING IPE (WITH 1/8" MAX. PLATE ASSEMBLY. CE FOR JACKING HEAD) 1/8" X 1" APPROXIMATE DEPTH. MAIN BEAM JACKING PLATE ASSEMBLY THIS ASSEMBLY IS NOT PROVIDED BY HOME MANUFACTURER On multi -section homes, remove all the plastic covering and all shipping braces from the open side of the first section. (You may elect at this time to remove all the plastic covering and braces from the other section or sections.) MOVE THE SINGLE SECTION OR THE FIRST SECTION OF THE HOME INTO ITS DESIRED FINAL POSITION. RAISE TOW BAR WITH JACK LEVELING TOW BAR - Using the tow bar jack, raise the tow bar to a height slightly higher than the intended height of the footings and piers. Block under the tow bar with 2 x 4's, 2 x 6's or 2 x 12 cribbing SUPPORT WITH 2 X 4. 2 X 6 JACK or attach tow bar to truck/tractor to prevent the section from BLOCKS OR 2 X 12 CRIBBING SUPPORT falling if the jack fails. (Raise higher with hydraulic jack if ACROSS TOW BAR FRAME ORBLOCK additional height Is required.) SUPPORT WITH TRUCK/TRACTOR. CONNECTED TO TOW BAR Place minimum 12 ton rated hydraulic jacks in front of and MAIN BEAM JACKING PLATE behind the axle assembly under both main beams. Make AXLE ASSEMBLY sure these jacks have jacking plates under the bottom main. beam flanges and have a firm base under the jacks before raising the remainder of the section slightly higher than the intended height of the footings and piers. Operate all jacks simultaneously to prevent excessive st ess o r n the main ....... . . . . . . ........................ * ................ iFIRM BASE??i beams. ii FOR JACK iir?:i:ii:iiii::%> NOTE In order to level the section, it is recommended that a water level method be used to .. ensure all pier supports are at the same height before lowering the section to its final supported position. SEE THE FOLLOWING PAGE FOR THE PROCEDURE ON USING A WATER LEVEL. Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 � FLEE7WOOP. Page 39 ' Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. POSITIONING AND LEVELING OF THE SECTIONS (cont'd.) PROCEDURE ON USING A WATER LEVEL 1. Position water container adjacent to the section that permits length of plastic tubing and valve to reach all pier locations. 2. Lay out plastic tubing, away from traffic areas, checking to make sure it is not compressed or kinked. Make sure installation materials are not placed on tubing. 3. Fill container with colored water. 4. Hold the valve below the level of the water container, open the valve to bleed out any air. Close valve. 5. Locate the tubing adjacent to a pier that is set to the desired final height of the home. Position the valve above the pier and open the valve. Move the water container up or down to where the water level in the tubing is at the desired final height of the pier. Maintain the water container at that position. Close valve. 6. Move tubing to the next pier. Locate the valve above the pier and open the valve. Set the pier height to the level of the water in the tubing. Close the valve. Repeat this step until all piers are at the same level. 7. Lower section onto piers. 0 WATER LEVEL APPLICATION o Ae k$ 3 FOLD OVER TO DOUBLE THICKNESS 3 �;" ON ONE SECTION ONLY. FASTEN TO MATING LINE SURFACE WITH NAILS s OR STAPLES TO HOLD IN PLACE MULTI -SECTION INTERIOR MATING LINE SURFACE LEVELING SILL SEALER INSTALLATION (NOTE 5) PROCEDURE: AS AN ALTERNATE TO SILL SEALER, A MATING LINE GASKET MAY BE 1 Check level of floor from front to rear direction. INSTALLED IN FACTORY OR AT HOME (With water level) t SITE. 2 Check level of floor across the section width. MATING LINE GASKET INSTALLATION (NOTE 5) ORaise section and adjust pier wedges in all areas not level or plumb. OAfter leveling is complete check all windows, interior and exterior doors to make sure they operate freely without binding. OOn multi -sections, install strips of sill sealer around the ceiling (at the ceiling panel location), endwalls and floor mating line. Fasten sill sealer with staples or nails to secure in place. Aerosol dispensed polyurethane foams, such as Enerfoam, or mating line gasket may be substituted for sill sealer. Do not use carpet pad or fiberglass insulation for this application. CAUTION: SPECIAL CARE MUST BE TAKEN TO ENSURE THAT THIS MATING LINE JOINT IS TIGHT TO RESIST AIR INFILTRATION AND MINIMIZE CONDENSATION. Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 Nc'FLEEM000. Page 40 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. WIRE OR STRAP TO HOLD VALVE ABOVE WATER LINE. WATER VALVE LEVEL. WATER WATER CONTAINER_JLINE MAIN BEAM PIER. CONCRETE BLOCK SHOWN (TYPICAL) PLASTIC TUBING WATER LEVEL APPLICATION o Ae k$ 3 FOLD OVER TO DOUBLE THICKNESS 3 �;" ON ONE SECTION ONLY. FASTEN TO MATING LINE SURFACE WITH NAILS s OR STAPLES TO HOLD IN PLACE MULTI -SECTION INTERIOR MATING LINE SURFACE LEVELING SILL SEALER INSTALLATION (NOTE 5) PROCEDURE: AS AN ALTERNATE TO SILL SEALER, A MATING LINE GASKET MAY BE 1 Check level of floor from front to rear direction. INSTALLED IN FACTORY OR AT HOME (With water level) t SITE. 2 Check level of floor across the section width. MATING LINE GASKET INSTALLATION (NOTE 5) ORaise section and adjust pier wedges in all areas not level or plumb. OAfter leveling is complete check all windows, interior and exterior doors to make sure they operate freely without binding. OOn multi -sections, install strips of sill sealer around the ceiling (at the ceiling panel location), endwalls and floor mating line. Fasten sill sealer with staples or nails to secure in place. Aerosol dispensed polyurethane foams, such as Enerfoam, or mating line gasket may be substituted for sill sealer. Do not use carpet pad or fiberglass insulation for this application. CAUTION: SPECIAL CARE MUST BE TAKEN TO ENSURE THAT THIS MATING LINE JOINT IS TIGHT TO RESIST AIR INFILTRATION AND MINIMIZE CONDENSATION. Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 Nc'FLEEM000. Page 40 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. C POSITIONING AND LEVELING OF THE SECTIONS (cont'd.) CONTINUE AS FOLLOWS FOR POSITIONING AND LEVELING THE NEXT SECTION. NOTE: BEFORE MOVING THE SECOND SECTION INTO POSITION, BE SURE THE GROUND IS LEVEL 'WHERE THE INSIDE WHEELS (NEXT TO THE MATING LINE) WILL REST. THIS WILL HELP IN SLIDING T'HE SECTIONS TOGETHER. PROCEDURE Draw the two sections together using chain binder "come -a -longs", rollers or skid boards. 2. With the two sections together, but with no fasteners installed, check the alignment of the end walls, interior walls, ceiling and floor. 3. Position the second section to bring the floor seams flush, keeping the roof slightly apart and the end walls aligned at the floor. At this time, place piers only under the inside. main beam. Fasten the floor together with lag screws per the details on page 43. - 4. Close the gap in the ceiling by raising the outside main beam. Use three hydraulic jacks, one placed behind the axles, one in front of the axles, and the third approximately half -way between the front of the axles and front tow bar. Additional jacks may be required along the sidewall to aid in closing up the ceiling gap. 5. Complete the piering under the outside main beam, if roof alignment is needed, see details below., 6. Fasten the roofs together per the details on page 44 or 45. TO ALIGN THE ROOF VERTICALLY: NOTE: BE SURE THE CEILING PANELS FROM EACH SECTION ARE FLUSH AT THE MATING LINE BEFORE THE ROOF IS TOTALLY FASTENED. IF THEY ARE NOT FLUSH, ONE PERSON SHOULD WORK INSIDE TO RAISE THE LOW SIDE AS NEEDED BY USING A WOOD OR METAL PAD AT THE TOP AND JACKING UNDER A WOOD POST OR SECTION OF STEEL PIPE. PLACE THE BASE OF THE JACK ACROSS THE FLOOR . MATING LINE TO DISTRIBUTE THE LOADS TO BOTH SECTIONS. JACK AGAINST THE CEILING ONLY IN AREAS TO BE COVERED LATER WITH TRIM MOLDING. SEE DETAIL. 9 PAD ON CEILING SECTION TO BE RAISED BASE OVER BOTH FLOORS AT MATING LINE Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 "I'llOV- FLEEM000, Page 41 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetvood Enterprises Inc. POSITIONING AND LEVELING OF THE SECTIONS (cont'd.) TO ALIGN THE ROOF HORIZONTAL: NOTE: IF THE ROOF OR END WALLS OF THE HOME ARE NOT PROPERLY ALIGNED DURING THE POSITIONING AND LEVELING PROCESS IT IS RECOMMENDED TO USE ONE OF THE FOLLOWING METHODS TO CORRECT THE SITUATION: 1. Roof Racking Plates - To reduce stress cracks that could develop during alignment in drywall homes, use racking plates to move each roof section equally. Position the two plates approximately 6' to 8' apart and securely fasten each to separate ridgebeams. Connect a chain binder "come -a -long" to each racking plate and carefully pull the roof section together until properly aligned. Note: For safety, chain binders should be oversized but take care not to overstress the roof section. (Cont. on next page) HOLES FOR LAGS HOLES FOR SCREWS 24" LONG ANGLE ' (APPROX. 3/8" X 4" X 4") 2. Floor Jacking - CHAIN CHAIN BINDER RACKING PLATE (SEE BELOW) Roof Racking Plate A. IF THE ROOF MUST BE MOVED FORWARD .... With the main beams evenly supported, carefully raise the outside rear comer and lower the outside front comer. The roof should move forward until the end walls become even at the top. When the walls and ceiling joints are even, raise the outside main beam evenly at the front and rear to close the ceiling gap. Fasten the roofs together. Return section to level position. B. IF THE ROOF MUST BE MOVED BACKWARD .... With the main beams evenly supported, carefully raise the outside front corner and lower the outside rear comer. The roof should move back until the end walls become even at the top. When the walls and ceiling joints are even, raise the outside main beam evenly at the front and rear to close the ceiling gap. Fasten the roofs together. Return section to level position. C. As an alternate, a jack head may be placed at the end of the crossmember on or near the bolts that secure the endwall to the crossmember. Jacking at this location distributes the loads more equally throughout the structure. 3. If nails and staples are not removed from the centerline of the home, movement of the two sections is substantially prohibited. Properly placing a wooden rod, such as a clothes pole or broom handle, can make movement of the two sections easier. IF THE HOME IS COMPRISED OF MORE THAN TWO SECTIONS, REPEAT THE PROCEDURE OUTLINED ON THIS PAGE AND THE PREVIOUS PAGE. Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 We FLEE OMD, Page 42 Copyright 02004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. FLOOR CONNECTIONS - INE GASKET !2__ 0G - �Op��P DECKING PCO � THE DISTANCE OF OF MAXIMUM SPACING IN TABLE DETAIL 'A' MATING LINE GASKET FLOOR DECKING METHOD 1 LAG SCREW MAXIMUM SPACING WIND MAX. O.C.:STAGGERED ZONE SPACING' I 1 36" 18" `2 X RIM PLATES ALONG MATING LINE 3/8" X 6" MIN. LAG SCREWS. (MAX. SPACING PER TABLE) DETAIL 'B' Note: 1. Bottom board not shown for clarity. 2. Holes in bottom board created by lag screws must be patched with a vinyl tape designed for repairing tears or holes. METHOD 2 WHEN THE TWO SECTIONS ARE IN PLACE (ALIGNED AND LEVELED), CLOSE UP THE GAPS BETWEEN FLOORS (1" WIDE MAXIMUM) WHICH DO NOT EXTEND THE FULL LENGTH OF THE HOME WITH LUMBER OR PLYWOOD SHIMS. THE LAG SCREWS IN THE SHIMMED PORTION MAY NEED TO BE LONGER BY THE THICKNESS OF THE SHIM TO ENSURE THAT THEY ENGAGE BOTH OF THE FLOOR RIM PLATES. MATING LINE GAP FILLER 1/2 THE DISTANCE OF MAXIMUM SPACING IN TABLE MATING LINE GASKET FLOOR DECKING 3/8"X 6" MIN. LAG SCREWS. HEADS SHOULD BE RECESSED INTO FLOOR DECKING. FILL RECESS WITH WOOD PUTTY OR WATER BASED PUTTY. MATING LINE FLOOR DECKING 2 X RIM PLATES ALONG MATING LINE \-3/8" X 3" MIN. LAG SCREWS. Note: (SEE TABLE FOR SPACING) 1. Bottom board not shown for clarity. 2. Holes in bottom board created by lag screws must be patched with a vinyl tape designed for repairing tears or holes. INTERIOR SUPPORT POST FASTENING METHOD 3 All interior ridge beam support posts are required to be screwed together.' #8 X 4" WOOD SCREWS AT 16" ON CENTER. EITHER FASTENING LOCATION SHOWN IS ACCEPTABLE. IF POST IS CONSTRUCTED FROM 2 X 4'S OR 2 X 6'S USE TOE -SCREW When either or both support posts have gypsum between MATING LINE them use longer screws to f7 connect posts. ' - Ridgebeam support posts which are not at the end of a wall or which do not align with a support post on the opposite half need not be fastened together. -INTERIOR SUPPORT POST CONFIGURATIONS (TYPICAL) Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 We FLEETWOOD, Page 43 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. SHINGLE ROOF CONNECTION CAUTION ' A PROTECTIVE COVERING MATERIAL (PLYWOOD, POLYETHYLENE, OR SIMILAR MATERIAL) MAY HAVE BEEN INSTALLED ON TOP OF THE SHINGLE ROOF AT THE FRONT OF THE HOME AND ALONG FORWARD FACES OF ANY DORMER. THIS MATERIAL WAS INSTALLED TO PREVENT SHINGLES FROM BLOWING OFF DURING TRANSIT. SEAL HOLES RESULTING FROM ANY FASTENERS USED TO SECURE THIS MATERIAL TO THE ROOF WITH A SILICONE OR ASPHALT -BASED SEALANT. LIFT THE TOP LAYER OF SHINGLES AND APPLY SEALANT TO THE HOLES IN THE SECOND LAYER OF SHINGLES ALSO. NOTES: 1. In addition to the lag screws required along the roof mating line, install a minimum 8" wide by 32 ga. minimum thick flashing along the roof ridge and fasten to the roof sheathing with minimum 1" crown x 1" length 16 ga. staples along each edge at 3" o.c. maximum (14 Wide max.) or 2 staples along each edge at 2 1),2" o.c. maximum (16 Wide max.). Fasteners may be staggered. 8" x 30 ga. Ironwood metal flashing must be fastened to the roof deck using 1" x 1" x 16 ga. staples. 2. This method may be used on homes whose sections are 16 feet maximum wide with rafters spaced 24" o.c. maximum. 3. Any manufacturing facility installed labeled G -straps found along the mating line are intended for shear wall tiedown only and shall be secured to a ground anchor. 4• Metal flashing may be located either directly below (as shown) or directly above "ply -dry" strip. WHEN THE TWO SECTIONSARE IN PLACE (ALIGNED AND LEVELED), C' -OSE UP GAPS BETWEEN RIDGE BEAMS (1" WIDE MAXIMUM) WHICH DO NOT EXTEND THE FULL LENGTH OF THE HOME WITH LUMBER OR PLYWOOD SHIMS AND FASTEN TO HOLD IN PLACE. (FOR GAP AT ROOF PEAK SEE DETAIL A) MATING LINE GASKET 32 GA. MIN (SEE NC 3" MA 10" STRIP OF Detail - B (14 wide max.) RIDGE BEAM TOP CHORDS OR FILLER CHORDS RIDG= BEAM WEB — WHEN THE TWO SECTIONS ARE IN PLACE (ALIGNED AND LEVELED), CLOSE UP GAPS BETWEEN RIDGE BEAMS (1-1/2" WIDE MAXIMUM) WHICH DO NOT EXTEND THE FULL LENGTH OF THE HOME WITH LUMBER OR P_YWOOD SHIMS. THE LAG SCREWS IN THE SHIMMED PORTION MAY NEED TO BE LONGER BY THE THICKNESS OF THE SHIM TO ENSURE THAT THEY ENGAGE BOTHTOP CHORDS OF THE RIDGE BEAMS OR BOTH FILLER CHORDS. Detail - A 8" X 32 GA. MIN. GALV. METAL FLASHING. — (OVERLAPS ARE PERMITTED BUT NO GAPS ARE PERMITTED) FASTEN WITH 1" X 1" X 16 GA. STAPLES; .123" DIA. X 1/2" HEAD X 1 1/4" LONG ROOFING NAILS, OR #8 X 1 1/4" SHEETMETAL SCREWS AT 3".O.C. ALONG EACH EDGE OF FLASHING. SEE NOTE 1 FOR 32 GA. MATERIAL FASTENING AND INFORMATION ON 16 WIDE FASTENERS RIDGE C �PO��G�tJG BEAM S��SQP 1/2 THE DISTANCE OF MAX. CEILING SPACING IN TABLE BOARD 10" STRIP OF 32 GA. MIN. I (SEE NOTI 2 FASTENER AT 2 1/2" MA) Detail - C (16 wide max.) END WALL CONNECTION MATING LINE GASKET it EXTERIOR SIDING I I OR EXTERIOR SIDING UNDERLAYMENT � I' r � r 24" MAX. #8 x 4" WOOD SCREWS TOE -SCREWED AT 24" O.C. STAGGERED 3/8" X 6' MIN. LAG SCREWS WITH WASHER THROUGH TOP CHORD OF BOTH RIDGE BEAMS. LAG SCREW MUST ENGAGE TOP CHORD OF BOTH RIDGE BEAMS AND WEB OF OPPOSITE RIDGE BEAM (SEE DETAIL "A"). LAG SCREW MAXIMUM SPACING WIND MAX. O.C. t STAGGERED ZONE SPACING 1 36" 18" TAR TABS OF LAST FULL RIDGE CAP RIDGE CAP 1/2" 1 - 1" X 1" X 16 GA. STAPLE.TYPICAL EACH SIDE J 01 (COVER WITH ROOFING K cex � GE CEMENT.) F\NPS Final Ridge Cap Installation Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 �� FLEETWOOD, Page 44 Copyright 02004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. ALTERNATE ROOF CONNECTION REQUIRED FOR TJI RIDGEBEAM 3 PART RIDGE CAP AS ALT. UNDERLAYMENT SHOWN ON PAGE 44. LOCATION UNDERLAYMENT 1 1/2" x 18"x 26 GA STRAP AT 4'-0" O.C. FASTEN WITH 12 -.082 X 1 1/2" NAILS OR 12 - 7/16" X 1 1/2" X 16 GA STAPLES OR 12 - 1"X MIN. 1 1/2"X 16 GA. STAPLES OR 5 - #8 X 1 1/2" WOOD SCREWS EACH SIDE INTO RAFTER TOP CHORD. 1 i r n' BEND UP FLAPS. 1 ' (ONE END OF STRAP APPLIED r BY MANUFACTURING CENTER) r r • RAFTER KING POST r � r RIDGE•BEAM WEB Peak Connection Notes: 1. Lag screw connections shown on page 44 are not required with this detail. 2. Special eave tiedown connections have been installed at the factory that allow the manufacturing facility to omit mating line labeled G -straps located at support posts that are typically required for uplift resistance. (See Note 3) 3. Any home factory -installed labeled G -straps found along the mating line are intended for shearwall tiedown and should be secured to a ground anchor. Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 '"c"FLEEM000, Page 45 Copyright m 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. C GROUND ANCHORS Ground anchors and tiedown straps, in addition to the piers, are installed to resist lifting, sliding and overturning forces resulting from high winds. On multi -section homes, sections must be fastened together and level before tiedown.straps are installed. WARNING: A SUPPORT SYSTEM MUST BE INSTALLED WITH TIEDOWNS TO MEET FEDERAL INSTALLATION GUIDELINES. BEFORE GROUND ANCHOR INSTALLATION, DETERMINE THAT THE ANCHOR LOCATIONS AROUND THE HOME WILL NOT BE CLOSE TO ANY UNDERGROUND ELECTRICAL CABLES, WATER LINES OR SEWER PIPING. FAILURE TO DETERMINE THE LOCATION OF*UNDERGROUND UTILITIES, ESPECIALLY ELECTRICAL CABLES, MAY RESULT IN SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH. NOTE: THE TYPE OF GROUND ANCHORS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL. OTHER TYPES OF ANCHORS MAY BE USED PROVIDED THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS MEET THE SPECIFICATIONS AS OUTLINED ON PAGE 5. GROUND ANCHOR INSTALLATION a) Install end of anchors below the frost line. b) Install end of anchors 12 inches above the water table. c) Install anchors to their full depth. d) Install stabilizer plates to provide added resistance to anchor head movement. The use of stabilizer plates are required when anchor straps are loaded in any direction other than vertically. Consult anchor manufacturer's installation, instructions for additional guidance. e) Install ground anchors according.to the manufacturer's instructions. 1. Install anchor at a slight back -angle away from home to a depth of approximately 18 inches. 2. Postion stabilizer plate vertically approximately 2" to 3" from anchor shaft., 3. Drive stabilizer plate into the ground until it is at or slightly below ground level. 4. Continue to screw anchor into ground until head is level with top of stabilizer plate. 5. After anchor strap is installed in anchor head, tighten strap until head has moved flush with the stabilizer plate. GROUND ANCHOR MAY BE INSTALLED VERTICALLY WITHOUT STABILIZER PLATE AT LABELED G -STRAPS ALONG MATING WALL OR SIDEWALL. Proprietary Foundation Systems Any commercial, proprietary foundation system may be used for support of the home for gravity and/or wind loads as long as it complies with all of the following: • Listed by a nationally recognized third -party • Evaluated and. approved by a professional engineer (any state) • Installed .in complete accordance with the foundation manufacturer's instructions VOTE d) Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 We FLEE7WOOD, Page 46 ' Copyright 02004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. TIEDOWN STRAP SPACING MAXIMUM TIEDOWN STRAP SPACING MULTI -SECTION WZ I Nominal Height from ground to Near Second Floor bottom of main Beam Beam Width (ft.) beam (inches) Method Method 10 8" to 80" N/A 11'-8" 12 8" to 18" 12'-0"- — 19" to 80" N/A 11'-8" 13 8" to 18" 12'-0" — 19" to 24" 9'-0" 25" to 80" N/A 11'-8" 14 8" to 18" 14'-0" — 19" to 36" 10'-6" — 37" to 80" N/A 11'-8" 16 8" to 18" 13'-0" — 19" to 36" 10'4" 37" to 48" 9'-6" 49" to 80" N/A 11'-8" By tollowing the methods in the charts above the strap angle for the near beam method will not exceed 55 degrees from the horizontal. PROCEDURE: 1. Over the length of the home, find the furthest distance the bottom of the main beam is from the ground. 2. Measure that distance and locate that height in the table. Do not measure at limited localized depressions under the home. 3. Follow that line across to the appropriate wind zone to determine the strap spacing. 4. The initial strap location from front or rear of home may, be no more than two feet (2'-0") maximum. 5. The spacing for any strap may exceed the spacing shown up to 10% as long as the average spacing does not exceed the spacing shown. TIE STi 6" MAX IN EDGE OF TYPICAL STRAP INSTALLATION REQUIRED ON BOTH SIDES OF HOME BEAM PIER 6. Approximately half of the length of the home may be at one anchor spacing and the other half may be at a different anchor spacing, based on the highest ground to main beam distance in each portion. 7. Heights are measured from ground to bottom of main beam but anchor strap must connect to the top of main beam. B The strap spacings shown apply to homes with maximum 90 in. high sidewalls and maximum 4:12 roof slopes. See supplemental information if these values are exceeded. Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 �FLEETWQIDO, t Page 47 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. 11q TIEDOWN STRAPS NEAR BEAM METHOD Triple Section Marriage line piers and anncrrs omitted for clarity. SECOND BEAM STRAPPING METHOD Triple Section NEAR BEAM METHOD Double Section b- MAA. I Yr. SECOND BEAM STRAPPING METHOD Double Section TAG UNITS - NEAR BEAM METHOD Double Section With Tag TAG UNITS - SECOND BEAM METHOD Double Section With Tag Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 �c'FLEET 000. Page 48 Copyright ®2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. LONGITUDINAL TIEDOWN STRAPS AT FRONT AND REAR OF THE HOME MATING LINE OR SIDEWALL -------- GROUND — — — - — — ANCHOR FLOOR MAIN BEAM—\_PERIMETER SEE NOTE 4 CONNECTOR _/ SEE NOTE 3 AND 5 7L(TYP—APPROX. 60. EACH STRAP) MAIN BEAM .,H" (SEE NOTE 6) GROUND LEVEL .. "D" IEE NOTE GROUND ANCHOR AND STABILIZER - PLATE DOUBLE : 3 OR 4 TIES PER END NUMBER OF STRAPS REQUIRED AT EACH END OF HOME K 0 NUMBER OF SECTIUfT— WIDTH N. SECTIONS 12' 14' 16' DOUBLE 3 3 4 TRIPLE 4 5 6 TAG 2 2 TRIPLE 4, 5 OR 6 TIES PER END (Interior tie locations may vary) II II ! II II A II -11 �I 'ill IJ I II II II II I II Ir II II II II II II II II II II II II � II II II II II II II II II II II II TAG 2 TIES PER END (Anchors for main unit not shown for clarity) Il II II II II II II II II I�' II II II II II II it II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II I I II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II � II II II II II II' II II II II II II II II Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 NVZ;-F1.EE7W40D, Page 49 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. Notes: -Design not available 1. Always install Longitudinal Tie and Anchor Assembly on 30" t 6" (TYP.) both ends of the outer most main beams of home. Where 3, 4, or 5 Longitudinal Ties & Anchors are required, install on both ends of inner main beams. GROUND 2. Always install Longitudinal Tie & Anchor Assembly on ANCHOR both ends of outer most main beam of the Tag Section. (NOTES 3 8 a) Treat main section separately as a Double or Triple in a accordance with the table. 3. Ground anchor should be a min. of 48" from any mating line anchor and a min. 24" from any sidewall anchor. CROFRONT ME REAR Connectors may be located along main beam far enough (MAY BMOTHER. (MAY BE OTHER back to allow clearance. CONFIGURATION 4. Anchorage strap and accessories should be rated for THAN SHOWN). min. 4725 lbs. capacity at a 45° angle to the ground. 5. Attach strap to slot of min. 3150 Ib. rated capacity connector (min. 1.5 factor of safety) welded to the bottom flange of the main beam. 6. Distance ("D") from anchor head to connector slot should be greater than height ("H") of main beam to ground level. 7. The strap spacings shown apply to homes with maximum 90" high sidewalls and maximum 4:12 roof slopes. See supplemental information if these values are exceeded. TRIPLE 4, 5 OR 6 TIES PER END (Interior tie locations may vary) II II ! II II A II -11 �I 'ill IJ I II II II II I II Ir II II II II II II II II II II II II � II II II II II II II II II II II II TAG 2 TIES PER END (Anchors for main unit not shown for clarity) Il II II II II II II II II I�' II II II II II II it II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II I I II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II II � II II II II II II' II II II II II II II II Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 NVZ;-F1.EE7W40D, Page 49 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. TYPICAL MAIN BEAM TIEDOWN STRAP INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS OTHER METHODS CONNECTING STRAP TO TOP OF MAIN BEAM MAY BE USED OWrap Strap Around Main Beam NOTE: Regardless of supplier's recommendations, the strap must be connected to the top of the main beam to prevent damage to the structure. OInsert the tension bolt into the anchor head and loosely attach the hex nut. OOnce tensioned to the point that counter -clockwise resistance appears, a 5/8" open end wrench should be used to hold the square neck while repositioning the 15/16" tensioning wrench which will enable continued and final tensioning. Repeat as required. 11 ro SNC OR 11NA 49 0_ OConnect hook to top of main beam and connect other end of strap to anchor head. OPlace the strap through the slotted shank of the tension bolt and bend up to 90°. �] Once fully tensioned, align the square neck of the bolt with the square recess in the anchor head and tighten the hex nut. This will draw the two together and lock the system into it's final position. CAUTION OWith the use of a 15/16" socket or open end wrench, rotate in a clockwise manner wrapping the strap around the tension bolt. If approved by the manufacturer, double head anchors may be used for both diagonal and vertical tiedown strap tensioning. It is recommended that the diagonal tiedown strap be tensioned first. Follow Steps 4 through 8 to install straps to anchor head. DO NOT TENSION TIEDOWN STRAPS ON ONE SIDE OF HOME ONLY. IF TENSIONING IS NOT PERFORMED EQUALLY ON ALTERNATE SIDES, THE HOME MAY BE PULLED OFF ITS SUPPORTS. Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 V FLEE7INOIOD, Page 50 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. CPVC Water Distribution System Crossover Connections, PROCEDURE: 1. Each access panel is labeled 'REMOVE ACCESS FOR PLUMBING'. 2. ' Remove access panels from each section. 3. Remove caps and plugs on ends of crossover fittings. 4. Verify that each swivel fitting has a rubber washer inside. 5. Connect the hot and cold water pipes using the connectors installed on -the - ends of the pipe. The connector fittings are designed to be used without any lubricants or sealants. 6. Reposition the insulation around the pipes and replace the access panels. MATING LINE RIM PLATES Connection Under Mating Line Rim Plates (1/2" CROSSOVER FITTINGS SHOWN) RUN THE PIPES THROUGH THE HOLES IN THE RIM PLATES TO MATING LINE THE NEXT SECTION AND RIM PLATES CONNECT PER STEP 5. ACCESS PANEL FRAME �� O O ' ACCESS PANELS ' Connection Through Mating Line Rim Plates (1/2" CROSSOVER FITTINGS SHOWN) WRAP WITH TEFLON TAPE (TYPICAL BOTH HOT AND COLD CROSSOVERS) 3/4" FEMALE TRANSITION FITTING 3/4" TRANSITION UNION 'T r UD l Y J 3/4" TRANSITION UNION TR FEMALE TRANSITION FITTING 3/4" Crossover Connection Fittings Note: ' As an alternate crossover connection a 3/4" water heater flex connector with 3/4" male transition adapters at each end may be used (typical for both hot and cold). DRAIN PIPE CROSSOVER CONNECTIONS See information and diagram of site installed drain piping on page 56. DRAIN PIPE DRAIN PIPE OCOUPLING PROVIDED. O COUPLING PROVIDED. FASTEN TO PIPING WITH CEMENT COUPLING TO CLAMPS END OF PIPES. CAUTION: SPECIAL ADHESIVES ARE REQUIRED FOR CONNECTING PVC`AND ABS DRAIN PIPE. Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 NNIF—FLEEM000. Page 51 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. GAS CROSSOVER CONNECTION USING QUICK DISCONNECT If a quick disconnect is used to connect the gas crossover it will be located below the floor structure at the mating line of the home. PROCEDURE: 1 Remove any dust caps in place. 0 With one hand, pullback on quick disconnect device, snap over quick disconnect adapter and release to complete crossover connection. The quick disconnect fitting is designed to be used without any lubricants or sealants. NOTE: DO NOT USE TOOLS TO CONNECT OR DISCONNECT THE QUICK DISCONNECT DEVICE FLEX CONNECTOR LISTED QUICK DISCONNECT FITTING TO MATCH PIPE METAL FLEX DEVICE INSTALLED TO SEAL SIZE CONNECTOR LISTED -7 SUPPLY SIDE QUICK DISCONNECT PIPE FROM SUPPLY FOR EXTERIORUSE CONNECTION 2 ADAPTER TO MATCH PIPE SIZE - DIRECTION OF FLOW GAS CROSSOVER CONNECTION USING MANUAL SHUTOFF VALVE BOTTOM NON -DISPLACEABLE FLARE TO MALE PIPE BOARD ROTOR (NDR) VALVE tBTUH APTER -DIRECTION OF FLOW- BLACKFLEX CONNECTOR BLACK NIPPLESIZED TO MEET PIPE BLACK CAP REQUIREMENTS) PROTECTIVE LpROTECTIVE COVERING (PLUG) COVERING (CAP) Notes: 1. If fuel gas piping is required in more than one section of a home, the crossover assembly items necessary to complete the connection shall be factory installed. 2. Gas valve and flexible connection must be listed and approved for exterior use. Procedure: 1. Remove the installed black cap and nipple (or any other plug, such as a black iron plug) to provide a positive seal on the supply side. 2. Make the necessary connections and check for leaks. FLARE TO FEMALE PIPE THREAD ADAPTER FITTING BLACK PIPE 3 Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 qVIF FLEEMOOD. Page 52 Copyright 02004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. 0 HEAT DUCT CROSSOVER CONNECTION 0 NOTE: CROSSOVER DUCTS TO BE INSULATED WITH MATERIAL HAVING A MINIMUM R-4 VALUE. V -BOX ADAPTERS FLEX DUCT 0%� V -BOX ADAPTER PROCEDURE: OLocate duct collars that extend below the bottom board material on each section. Remove shipping close -Up material from collars. OPull vinyl jacket and insulation back from core. Slide at least 1" of core over collar and up against bottom board material. OSeal core to collar with at least 2 wraps of listed duct tape. Secure core to collar with galvanized metal strap and sheet metal screws or plastic tie strap. 4O Pull vinyl jacket and insulation up over collarand flush to the bottomboard material. OWrap duct tape around the vinyl jacket at least 2 times at the collar. (A mechanical clamp or plastic tie strap may also be used in place of, or in combination with, tape.) Make sure the bottomboard is sealed around the crossover duct vinyl jacket. 6 Arrange duct so that it reaches the other section of the home without any kinks or bends in the duct. Cut off and discard excess duct material to improve airflow. 7 • Repeat steps 1 thru 5 at collar on other section or sections of home. Some homes may require the connection of a metal V -box adapter or vinyl flex Y -branch at the collar under the furnace. i Y -BRANCH CONNECTION TO FLEX DUCT i VINYL FLEX Y -BRANCH Follow steps 1 thru 6 for connection of flex duct ARRANGE DUCT UNDER FLOOR SO IT IS NOT COMPRESSED OR KINKED IN ANY LOCATION CAUTION DO NOT PERMIT DUCT TO REST ON THE GROUND. SUPPORT OFF THE GROUND WITH TREATED WOOD, CONCRETE BLOCK MATERIAL OR OTHER ALTERNATE MATERIALS y � 4" MIN. CLEARANCE DUCT SUPPORTED OFF THE GROUND Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 WZ: FLEEM00P, Page 53 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. ELECTRICAL CROSSOVER CONNECTION WITH WIRE CONNECTORS BOXES LOCATED ON SAME SECTION AS MAIN PANEL BOX NUMBER OF CROSSOVER BOXES MAY VARY NOTE: SOME HOMES MAY HAVE MORE THAN ONE CROSSOVER. CHECK ALONG MATING LINE FOR OTHER LABELED ACCESS PANELS. SINGLE 15 OR 20 AMP CIRCUIT 14-2 OR 12-2 WITH GROUND TING LINE RIM ITC .1. PANEL PROCEDURE: 1. Each access panel is labeled: REMOVE ACCESS FOR ELECTRICAL 2. Remove access panels exposing boxes on one section and coiled wire from opposite section. 3. Remove blank covers from boxes exposing wiring with approved connectors attached. 4. Wiring on both sections are identified by like colors (see code below) for correct connection of circuits. 5. Remove the wire connectors from the wiring in the boxes and connect the same colored circuits together. (Use knock outs and approved clamps to enter boxes and secure wires). Secure wiring entering the boxes within 8" of the box with Romex staple. 6. When all connections have been made, replace the blank -covers on all boxes, reposition floor insulation and replace the access panels. CAUTION VERIFY THAT ALL. CROSSOVER CIRCUITS PROTECTED BY A GFCI (GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER) ARE CONNECTED TO THE PROPER CIRCUIT CONTINUATION BY IDENTIFING THE CORRECTLY MARKED CIRCUIT WIRES. WIRE CODE BLK = Black WHT = White )NLY) RED = Red GRD .= Ground APPROVED CONNECTORS CONNECTORS APPROVED PLASTIC R METAL BOX 10, (TYPICAL) WHT WHT RED BLK BLK WIHT MBK RED CLAMPS PER TYPE BOX USED (TYPICAL) m GRD GRD — WHT GR GR Qj GRD GRD �m BLK �BLK� LUG (METAL BOXES ONLY) 240V APPLIANCE CIRCUIT =16191:19l1la;9 -.GROUND LUG (METAL BOXES ONLY) DOUBLE 15 OR 20 AMP CIRCUITS 14-2 OR 12-2 WITH GROUND CONTINUOUS ELECTRICAL GROUND CONNECTION REAR Mn -T nI ITRIrrPP OP CROSSMEMI • Uncoil and secure loose end of ground wire to solderless lug on adjoining section or sections. 2. Make sure screw in solderless lug is tight against ground wire. 3. Be sure wire is snug against structure for protection. 4. Repeat procedure for triple section homes. LESS Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 WV FLEEMOOD, Page 54 Copyright 02004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. APPROVEDI n `ACCESS ELECTRICAL CROSSOVER WITH NM CONNECTION FLOOR JOIST NOTES: - 1 • Electrical crossover to be used with NM cable only, 14=2 with ground and 12-2 with ground. 2. Crossover connector to be listed as re-mateable. ' NM CROSSOVER CONNECTORS SECURELY TAPED IN PLACE FOR LOOR DECKING' E SHIPPING COILED NM CABLE FOR ON SITE HOOK-UP OTTOM BOARD ACCESS COVER - - Connector Before Installation • r- Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 N@V!FLEE7W000. Page 55 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR SITE INSTALLED DRAIN WASTE SYSTEMS Due to possible damage during transit, portions of the drain waste system that are below the floor may not have been installed at the home manufacturing facility. All materials required to complete the system have been shipped as loose items in the home. To ensure the drain waste system is installed correctly, please read the following instructions before starting work to familiarize yourself with the proper sequence of steps. BEFORE YOU BEGIN 1. Locate the drain waste plumbing schematic attached to the flap at the back of this manual and carefully review the layout. All drain piping and fittings marked with an astdrisk (') on the schematic drawing are to be installed. 2. Lay out all loose plumbing parts on the ground under the home in correct relationship to the drain waste schematic drawing. To insure the correct flow of waste in the assembled drain system, use all piping and fittings exactly as indicated. PROCEDURE: O1 Remove shipping covers from all exposed piping or fittings that extend below the bottomboard. O2 Inspect piping and fittings to be sure they are clean and free of burrs. O3 Be sure to connect all pipe and fittings according to the cement manufacturer's instructions that are provided. l�J Start the drain assembly at the most remote exposed piping dropout from the outlet and work towards the outlet location. 5 Use temporary blocking or support for the assembled drain piping to achieve a slope towards the outlet of at least 1/4 inch per foot. © If a crossover connection is required use one of the methods shown on page 51. 7 When all connections have been completed, relocate the temporary slope blocking to no more than 4 feet apart for permanent drain piping support. (See diagram on page 57 for recommended method of support). FINISH HERE) OUTLET BOTTOM BOARD OF HOME (TYPICAL) oO k F�� O\' -G CROSSOVER CONNECTION BOTTOM BOARD OF HOME (TYPICAL) START HERE ==ANOUT EXAMPLE OF SITE INSTALLED UKAIN PLUML31NU (TYPICAL) Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 `91F-FLEEM000. Page 56 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. DRAIN PIPING SUPPORTS O PLUMBERS TAPE, J PLASTIC STRAPPING OR OTHER SUITABLE MATERIAL (TYPICAL) < MSM\ DRAIN PIPE WITH MINIMUM 1/4" SLOPE TOWARDS OUTLET DRAIN PIPING SUPPORTS INSIDE OF MAIN BEAM 0 Add minimum 1 x 3 lumber between frame angle crossmembers directly above drain piping by pushing up on the bottomboard and resting the lumber on the top or inside of the angle leg as shown. O2 Wrap support strapping around piping and fasten strapping to wide face of framing material with screws. 3 Other methods to provide support may be used to maintain minimum pipe slope requirements. There is no maximum drain slope. 4 Protect lumber material from moisture. OS For drain configuration shown above, the fitting must be Long Tum Elbow only. PLUMBERS TAPE, PLASTIC--� \ STRAPPING OR OTHER SUITABLE MATERIAL FASTENED TO FLOOR JOIST THROUGH BOTTOM BOARD (TYPICAL) 7. ANGLE J/ CROSSMEMBER (TYPICAL) —BOTTOM BOARD 1 X 3 LUMBER RIM PLATE LOOR JOIST (TYPICAL) OTTOMBOARD DRAIN PIPE WITH MINIMUM 1/4" SLOPE TOWARDS OUTLET N BEAM DRAIN PIPING SUPPORTS OUTSIDE OF MAIN BEAM CAUTION ELECTRICAL WIRING MAY BE SECURED TO WIDE FACE OF FLOOR JOISTS THAT ARE OUTSIDE OF THE MAIN BEAM. MAKE SURE SCREWS FASTENING STRAPPING PENETRATE BOTTOM EDGE OF JOISTS TO ELIMINATE POSSIBLE ELECTRICAL SHORTS. Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 NVV FLEE7W000. Page 57 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. BOTTOMBOARD REPAIR Fastened to the underside of the floor of the home is a special covering designed to protect against rodents and moisture, as well as to isolate the floor cavity from outside air. Entry of outside air into the home's floor cavity is one of the most frequent causes of water piping freeze-up. Be sure to closely inspect this bottom covering for any loosening or for areas that might have been damaged or torn during transportation or installation. Reseal with tape any splits or tears and any openings around the perimeter of the floor covering or around pipes or pipehangers. Check also to be sure that.plumbing p -traps are well insulated and covered. Necessary repairs should be completed whether skirting is to be installed around the perimeter of the home or not. Use vinyl tape specially designed to repair tears or holes to repair bottom covering. Pull tom edges together and cover with tape, or apply a patch of the same material and tape all four sides. . UNFINISHED GYPSUM BOARD Homes shipped with unfinished gypsum board walls and/or ceilings shall be finished on site. The interior finishes shall have the following maximum flamespread ratings measured in accordance with ASTM E 84-91a: Ceilings: ........................................................... 75 Walls: General....................................................... 200 Adjacent to cooking range .......................... 50 Adjacent to or enclosing a furnace or water heater .............................. 25 MULTI WIDE SECTIONS EXTERIOR CLOSE UP The exterior siding on the front and rear end walls and exposed mating line walls may have been shipped loose by the manufacturing facility with the home. The insulation and vapor retarder have been installed at the manufacturing facility. Exterior siding must be installed according to manufacturer's installation instructions. When the rear wall exterior siding is site installed, the H.U.D. tag has been relocated on the sidewall at the manufacturing facility. CAUTION: PRIOR TO INSTALLING THE SIDING, THE POLYETHYLENE SHEATHING COVERING EXTERIOR WALLS MUST BE COMPLETELY REMOVED. FAILURE TO DO SO CAN CAUSE CONDENSATION TO BUILD UP IN THE WALLS AND DAMAGE THE HOME. If the exterior siding is installed on the front and rear walls, make sure the close up strips of exterior siding material are fastened securely and both edges of the strips are sealed with a waterproof sealant. When roof close up material is removed from the roof, seal any holes made by the fasteners with roofing tar. MULTI WIDE.SECTIONS INTERIOR CLOSE UP This section outlines special features that are not included in the supplemental pages attached to the back flap of this manual. Remove all shipping blocking, strapping, br bracing from appliances, windows, and doors. Install all loose items packaged or attached for shipping. Install all interior ship loose wall paneling that was omitted at the home manufacturing facility using a 1/4" bead of PVA adhesive on all framing members. Fasten with minimum 1" long staples or nails at 6" on center along all panel edges, and at 12" on center on field framing members. For tape and texture homes, fasten interior wall paneling to wall framing members with drywall screws or nails. Additional molding has been provided to finish the close up at ceilings, mating line walls, front and rear end walls and, in some cases, molding around passageway doors. Instructions for moldings and trim work that require special attention are provided elsewhere in this manual. All moldings and trim work should be installed with fine gauge wire staples or pin nails. Pay attention to any mitered comers and seam work to assure a tight fit. Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 FLEE7W4OP. Page 5$ Copyright 02004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. CHAPTER 6 INSTALLATION OF OPTIONAL FEATURES ELECTRICAL ITEMS For protection from damage in transit some electrical fixtures may have been shipped loose for installation on site. These items -may include exterior lights, chandeliers, ceiling fans and other similar fixtures. Follow the procedure for light fixture installation along with the manufacturer's instructions. Refer to the manufacturer's instructions for similar fixtures not shown INTERIOR OR EXTERIOR LIGHT FIXTURE PROCEDURE: 1. Remove blank cover from junction box. 2. Make the wiring connections with the wire nuts provided; black to black wire, white to white wire and ground to ground wire. 3. Push connected wires into junction box: Add non combustible ring between fixture canopy and junction box. (See CAUTION). 4. Secure canopy to junction box. In light bulb and attach globe or shade if necessary. 5. Apply sealant around top and sides of canopy on exterior light installations. 6. Follow wiring diagram for multiple light connections. WIRE FROM SWITCH NON-COMBUSTIBLE RING (IF REQUIRED) FIXTURE CANOPY WIRE NUT (TYPCIAL) r—GROUND '� WHITE JUNCTION BOX BLACK WIRE FROM SWITCH WIRE NUT (TYPICAL) JUNCTION BOX WHITE GLOBE `r J BLACK PIGTAIL FOR GROUND WIRE TO GROUND OTHER CONTINUITY FIXTURES CONNECTION FOR SINGLE LIGHT FIXTURE CONNECTION FOR MULTIPLE (EXTERIOR LIGHT SHOWN) LIGHT FIXTURES CAUTION NON COMBUSTIBLE RING REQUIRED WHEN COMBUSTIBLE INTERIOR WALL, EXTERIOR WALL OR CEILING FINISH MATERIAL IS EXPOSED BETWEEN THE FIXTURE CANOPY AND JUNCTION BOX. HARDBOARD, CLADWOOD AND VINYL SIDING ARE CONSIDERED COMBUSTIBLE EXTERIOR SURFACES. CEILING FAN Due to the various types of ceiling fans available for on site installation, fans shipped loose with the home contain their specific manufacturer's installation instructions. Follow these instructions to ensure proper installation and operation. A metal electrical box with cover plate and wiring has been provided for fan installation. CAUTION BEFORE ATTEMPTING TO INSTALL. THE CEILING FAN MAKE SURE THE POWER TO THE FAN WIRING IS OFF. TELEPHONE WIRE Some homes have telephone wire installed at the manufacturing facility. The connection of this wiring to the telephone system is to be done by qualified service personnel only. WARNING: ONLY QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL SHOULD BE PERMITTED TO INSTALL TELEPHONE WIRING AND/OR TELEVISION' CABLE. EXTREME CARE MUST BE TAKEN. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS MAY RESULT IN SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY AND EVEN DEATH. THE WALLS AND FLOOR OF THE HOME CONTAIN ELECTRICAL WIRING, PLUMBING AND DUCT MATERIALS. AVOID THESE ITEMS WHEN DRILLING THROUGH AND PLACING WIRE OR CABLES IN THESE CAVITIES. Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 �� FLEE7WQID�D, Page 59 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. INSTALLATION OF OPTIONAL FEATURES (cont'd.) AWNINGS, DECKS, PATIO COVERS OR CARPORTS Observe the following procedures if accessories such as awnings, decks, patio covers or carports, are to be attached to the home. 1. Use the proper awning support railing provided with the awning or railing available through your awning retailer. Choose a freestanding design structure that has columns to support the additional weight. The awning or cover must not add additional gravity or wind load to the manufactured home. 2. Follow the recommendations of the manufacturer and applicable building codes when installing any accessories. 3. Always use the proper size fasteners to ensure mating parts are attached snugly. Make sure there is no strain to the home or damage to the home structure. Attachments should be made only to the upper wall or roof and there must be solid material behind the exterior siding to securely hold the connections. The only connections to the home should be for appearance or water drainage and must not transmit any loads to the home. 4. Use a sealant on all seams or openings that result from installing accessories. The best way is to place weather sealing tape or sealing compound under railing joints or fasteners during assembly, and then seal the seams. CAUTION REMEMBER THAT ACCESSORIES WHICH ARE IMPROPERLY INSTALLED MAY DAMAGE THE NEW HOME OR MAR ITS APPEARANCE AND COULD AFFECT THE WARRANTY COVERAGE. SKIRTING AND CRAWL SPACE VENTILATION Quite often skirting is used to close up the lower exterior of the home but should not be relied upon to prevent freezing of the plumbing beneath the home. Neither should skirting be relied upon to reduce the need for frost protection of the footings as described earlier in this manual. Even insulated skirting may not prevent freezing if the proper amount of crawl space ventilation is also provided as required below. When skirting is attached to the lower sidewall or trim of the home's perimeter, be sure to install the skirting so that moist air from under the home is not forced up into the wall cavities. When exterior siding is hardboard or cladwood, the skirting trim must be sealed to the siding trim to keep water from getting between the skirting trim and the siding. CAUTION THE AREA UNDER THE HOME MUST BE ADEQUATELY VENTILATED TO MINIMIZE THE ACCUMULATION OF MOISTURE. FAILURE TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE VENTILATION WHEN INSTALLING SKIRTING OR PERIMETER FOUNDATIONS MAY ALLOW MOISTURE TO BUILD UP UNDER THE HOME AND TRANSFER THAT MOISTURE, VIA DIFFUSION OR AIR MOVEMENT, INTO THE HOME ITSELF. THIS MOISTURE CAN RESULT IN THE HIGH HUMIDITY IN THE HOME AND ALSO IN THE FORMATION OF CONDENSATION, FROST OR ICE ON COLD SURFACES. PROVIDE VENTILATION THROUGH OPENINGS UNDER THE HOME THAT HAVE A NET AREA OF AT LEAST ONE SQUARE FOOT FOR EACH 150 SQUARE FEET UNDER HOME. DISTRIBUTE THE OPENING LOCATIONS EQUALLY ALONG THE LENGTH OF THE HOME ON OPPOSITE SIDES, WITH OPENINGS LOCATED CLOSE TO THE CORNERS TO PROVIDE CROSS VENTILATION. OPENINGS SHALL HAVE INTEGRAL WIRE MESH OR OTHER MEANS WITH MAXIMUM OPENINGS OF 1/4 INCH. MANUALLY OPERATED VENTS SHALL NOT BE USED. HOMES WITH A MINIMUM 6 MIL. THICK GROUND VAPOR RETARDER WITHIN A CRAWL SPACE' MAY USE ONE SQUARE FOOT VENTING FOR EVERY 1,500 SQUARE FEET UNDER HOME. AT LEAST ONE VENT IS TO BE LOCATED WITHIN THREE FEET OF EACH OF THE FOUR MAIN CORNERS OF THE FOUNDATION (IGNORING OFFSETS). HOMES WITH OPEN SLATTED DECKING AT RECESSED ENTRIES, OPEN PORCHES OR OPEN DECKS MUST HAVE SKIRTING OR FOUNDATION BEHIND THESE AREAS TO PREVENT WATER FROM DRAINING BACK UNDER THE HOME. When the ground vapor retarder option is used, the material may be placed either a) under footings, or b) between footings and base of pier, or c) over footings and around piers. Any holes or tears in the vapor retarder must be patched by appropriate tape or other means and splices in the material must be lapped a minimum of 12 inches. Material need.not be stretched tight. Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 qw.:F FLEEM000. Page 60 Copyright 02004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. INSTALLATION OF OPTIONAL FEATURES (cont'd.) PIPE HEATING CABLE Pipe Heating Cable shall•be listed for use with manufactured homes and certified by UL, CSA or FMRC. It is designed to be installed where fresh water supply inlet pipes are subjected to prolonged exposure to below -freezing temperatures. An electrical outlet is located adjacent to the water supply inlet for the pipe heating cable connection. Do not attach heating cable to any receptacle on a GFI circuit. CAUTION CAUTION: ALWAYS INSTALL PIPE HEATING CABLE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE CABLE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS TO ACHIEVE THE HIGHEST POSSIBLE SAFE HEATING EFFICIENCY. Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 FLEE7WOIDO, Page 61 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 wFLEETWQOQ. Page62 Copyright 02004 by Fleehwod Enterprises Inc. CHAPTER 7 PREPARATION OF APPLIANCES Some homes may have various fixtures and appliances shipped loose, provided by others or built without certain fixtures or appliances. Review and follow the instructions if any apply to the home being installed. DRYER VENT INSTALLATION If provisions are in the home for dryer installation, a dryer vent roughed -in opening has been provided in the utility area/room with access through the floor or exterior wall. To install, remove the material closing off the roughed -in opening and follow these directions given below along with the dryer manufacturer's installation instructions. INSTALL DUCT THROUGH FLOOR ACCESS INTO THE HOME. PULL DUCT UP INTO HOME UNTIL SLACK IS REMOVED FROM UNDER THE FLOOR. --A WALL CLAMP TO VENT CAP WOOD FRAME SECURED TO*N BOTTOM OF RIM PLATE OR INSTALL THROUGH SKIRTING ELBOW WITH RIGID DUCT CLAMP TO DRYER CLAMP TO RIGID OR FLEX DUCT VENT CAP PER APPLIANCE L'Urvrvtc I IUry DRYER VENT CAP. INSTALLATION APPLY BEAD OF INSTRUCTIONS SEALANT TO BACK OF DRYER EXHAUST VENT CAP (AROUND OPENING) - AND SECURE EXHAUST VENT CAP WITH SHEET �:A METAL SCREW TO EAL BOTTOM BOARD SIDING (METAL, ROUND DUCT WITH HARDBOARD, AND FIBER VINYL TAPE. CEMENT) AND WITH SCREWS TO MOUNT ZCLAMP LBOW WITH RIGID DUCT BLOCK (VINYL SIDING). TO DRYER SUPPORT DUCT TO FLOOR JOIST WITH CONNECTION METAL STRAP OR PLUMBERS TAPE TO KEEP DUCT OFF THE GROUND AND PREVENT EXCESSIVE SAGGING. - RIGID OR FLEX DUCT PER APPLIANCE VENT BELOW FLOOR MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION VENT THROUGH EXTERIOR WALL INSTRUCTIONS DRYER VENT CAP. SECURE VENT CAP TO FRAMING OR SKIRTING WITH SHEETMETAL SCREWS. SEAL AROUND EDGES WITH CAULKING OR SEALANT CAUTION UNDER FLOOR DRYER DUCT MUST BE CONTINUOUS AND TERMINATE OUTSIDE THE PERIMETER OF THE HOME, OUTSIDE OF ANY SKIRTING OR FOUNDATION INSTALLED AROUND THE HOME. AIR CONDITIONING INSTALLATION Air conditioning may be installed on homes that are designated "suitable for air conditioning" on the home Compliance Certificate. Information to assist in calculating the size of air conditioner needed is included on the certificate. CAUTION OVERSIZED AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT CAN LEAD TO POOR OVERALL PERFORMANCE OF THE HOME'S COOLING SYSTEM. OVERSIZED EQUIPMENT CYCLES ON AND OFF FREQUENTLY, WHICH SHORTENS EQUIPMENT LIFE, LOWERING EFFICIENCY, AND INCREASES POWER BILLS. OVERSIZED EQUIPMENT CAN ALSO CAUSE MOISTURE PROBLEMS WITHIN THE HOME. BE SURE TO CONSULT COOLING EQUIPMENT SIZING CHARTS DESIGNED SPECIFICALLY FOR MANUFACTURED HOUSING IN YOUR LOCALITY (SUCH AS THOSE PUBLISHED BY THE MANUFACTURED HOUSING RESEARCH ALLIANCE.) On homes with furnaces listed for modification, the air conditioning evaporator may either be installed inside the furnace cabinet, or exterior to the home and ducted into the home air supply duct system. In either case a heat/cooling thermostat must be installed to control both heat and cooling with a single device. When a cooling or heat pump coil and/or air conditioning blower are installed on a furnace, they must be listed for installation on the specific model of furnace already in the home. When the air conditioning evaporator is installed exterior to the home, install return air grill(s) in the floor in a central area of the home so that return air is received from the separate rooms and ducted back to the evaporator. CAUTION DO NOT CUT ANY FLOOR FRAMING WHEN INSTALLING RETURN AIR GRILL(S). Supply air duct connections from the exterior evaporator to the home air supply duct system must be made at a central location on each duct for best performance in each section of the home. Federal regulations require that automatic damper(s) be installed to prevent the discharge air from the exterior air conditioning evaporator from passing back through the furnace, and that automatic damper(s) be installed to prevent the discharge air from the furnace from passing backwards through the exterior air conditioning evaporator duct(s). Install required electrical connections according to the air conditioner's manufacturer's installation instn,rtinnc and Inrnl norioc Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 FLEE7WQDO, Page 63 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. PREPARATION OF APPLIANCES (cont'd.) FURNACE This home may have been built without a furnace. Install the remote heat/cooling appliance and the supplied thermostat according to the manufacturer's installation instructions. The home manufacturing facility has installed the thermostat wiring or provided a raceway for the thermostat wiring at the location for the thermostat. CAUTION: FLEETWOOD ENTERPRISES INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES WILL NOT BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR THE EFFICIENCY OF THE SYSTEM CONNECTED TO THE IN -FLOOR DUCT SYSTEM NOR ANY DAMAGE INCURRED TO THE HOME BY THIS INSTALLATION. HEATING OIL SYSTEM Homes equipped with oil burning furnaces must have their oil supply tank and piping installed on site. These items are not provided by the manufacturer. Review the oil furnace manufacturer's installation instructions for proper piping sizes and installation procedures. CAUTION: ALL OIL STORAGE TANK AND PIPING INSTALLATIONS MUST MEET ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL CODES AND REGULATIONS AND SHOULD BE MADE ONLY BY EXPERIENCED QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL. FIREPLACE, GAS OR OIL APPLIANCE FLUES If any accessory gas or oil appliance flue assembly has been partially installed at the manufacturing facility, the assembly and installation must be completed according to the manufacturer's installation instructions provided with the appliance. RANGE AND/OR COOK TOP OVEN If a range and/or cook top and oven is not supplied by the home manufacturing facility, please note the following: a). Install the appliance to provide the required clearances per Federal Standards, which may be more restrictive than appliance manufacturer's normal installation instructions." b). Do not install an appliance which requires a heavier connected energy capacity than the home's system provides (see capacity label on appliance). c). Follow appliance manufacturer's installation instructions except as outlined in a) above. RANGE VENT DUCT INSTALLATION This home may be equipped with a ducted "no hood" ventilation system for the kitchen range. The duct is below the floor and must terminate, outside the perimeter of the home. Install the duct and surface wall cap, which are provided, according to the range manufacturer's installation instructions. R E horizontal duct Support :t from floor aps as A plumbing fixture, such as a sink or tub may have been intentionally omitted from this home. If so, the fixure that is installed at the home site by others must be a listed fixture and must be installed and the water and drain plumbing connections completed and tested according to the fixture manufacturer's instructions. Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 F FLEETWOOD, Page 64 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. CHAPTER 8 UTILITY SERVICE CONNECTIONS AND TESTING WARNING: THIS PANEL BOX IS WIRED WITH THE MAIN PANEL BOX GROUNDING SYSTEM INSULATED FROM THE Main NEUTRAL SYSTEM. CONNECT THE GROUNDING U BUS IN THIS PANEL THROUGH A PROPERLY R SIZED GREEN COLORED INSULATED A CONDUCTOR TO THE SERVICE ENTRANCE L EQUIPMENT (METER BASE) LOCATED ON OR n ADJACENT TO THE HOME. DO NOT USE A 3 WIRE FEEDER SYSTEM THAT DOES NOT CONNECT TO THE GROUND BAR. IT IS ILLEGAL AND UNSAFE. Use a 4 wire feeder system to connect this panel to the service entrance equipment (meter base). SEE TABLE BELOW FOR WIRE SIZES I WHITE - NEUTRAL TO SERVICE BLACK - POWER ENTRANCE BLACK (METER BASE) OR RED - POWER GROUND TO GREEN - GROUND METAL FRAME All conductors with outer sheathing labeled THHN nylon jacket or equivalent unless otherwise noted. ELECTRICAL FEEDER AND EQUIPMENT SIZES MAIN COPPER CONDUCTORS ALUMINUM CONDUCTORS BREAKER MAX CALCULATED MIN. SIZE RACEWAY FEEDER CONDUCTOR / SIZES MIN. SIZE RACEWAY FEEDER CONDUCTOR I SIZES SIZE IN CONDUIT CONDUIT NEUTRAL RED & BLACK WHITE GREEN RED & BLACK WHITE GREEN PANEL BOX DIAMETER DIAMETER FEEDER (AMPS) (IN.) (POWER) (NEUTRAL) (GROUNDING) (IN.) (POWER) (NEUTRAL) (GROUNDING) LOAD (AMPS) 50 1 #6 #6 #8 1 #6 #6 #6 50 100 11/4 #4 #4 #8 1.1/4 #2 #2 #6 100 150 11/2 #1 #2 #6 2 #2/0 #1/0 #2 115 200 11/2 1 #2/0 #1/0 1 #4 2 #4/0 #2/0 #1/0 1 115 GROUNDING CONDUCTOR INSTALLATION ACCESS FOR METER NOTE: IF THE HOME HAS A METER BASE INSTALLED AT THE MANUFACTURING FACILITY, B B A GROUND WIRE AND GROUND ELECTRODE GROUND MUST BE INSTALLED. REVIEW THIS DIAGRAM PULL BOXY GRC'OUND BAR FOR PROPER INSTALLATION INFORMATION. SERVICE ENTRA OR CONDUIT FOI CONNECTIONS GROUNDI #6 MIN BARE COPPER GROUNDING WIRE PROVIDED BY MANUFACTURER. IF MANUFACTURER PROVIDES A MINIMUM 1/2 INCH EMT OR CONDUIT RACEWAY THE #6 MINIMUM BARE COPPER WIRE IS PROVIDED BY THE RETAILER FOR INSTALLATION. CLAMP SUITABLE FOR DIRECT BURIAL. LOCATE FLUSH WITH OR BELOW GROUND LEVEL' 5/8" DIAMETER x 8'-0" LONG IRON ELECTRODE. DRIVE ELECTRODE TO A DEPTH OF NOT LESS THAN 8 FEET SO THAT AT LEAST 8 FEET OF THE ELECTRODE IS IN CONTACT WITH THE SOIL. WHEN ROCK BOTTOM IS ENCOUNTERED, THE ELECTRODE CAN BE DRIVEN NOT TO EXCEED 45 DEGREES FROM VERTICAL OR BURIED IN A TRENCH THAT IS AT LEAST 2 1/2 FEET DEEP. NOT PROVIDED BY HOME MANUFACTURER Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 NFLEEIINOIOD. Page 65 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. WATER SYSTEM CONNECTION The hot and cold water system is designed for a maximum inlet water pressure of 80 pounds per square inch (psi). If the home is being connected to local water supply pressure that exceeds 80 pounds per square inch (psi), a pressure reducing valve must be installed to limit the supply pressure. Be sure to install a master cold water shutoff full flow valve in the water supply line adjacent to the home. UTILITY SERVICE TEST PROCEDURES SYSTEMS TEST All utility systems are given a quality assurance test at the manufacturing facility. After home installation is complete, all utility service connections should be tested to ensure no damage occurred in transit and that the final connections are correct. CAUTION ALL UTILITY CONNECTIONS MUST BE MADE BY QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL WHO ARE FAMILIAR WITH LOCAL REGULATIONS. GAS SYSTEM TEST PROCEDURES The gas piping supply system is designed for a pressure not exceeding 14 inch water column (1/2 psi) and not less than 10 inch water column (3/8 psi). WARNING: GAS APPLIANCES IN THIS HOME ARE EQUIPPED FOR NATURAL GAS. IF THE GAS SUPPLY IS LIQUIFIED PETROLEUM GAS (LPG), APPLIANCES MUST BE CONVERTED TO LPG ACCORDING TO INSTRUCTIONS PROVIDED BY THE MANUFACTURER OF EACH APPLIANCE. APPLIANCE ORIFICES: SPECIAL ORIFICES AND REGULATORS ARE REQUIRED FOR EACH TYPE OF. GAS AT ALTITUDES ABOVE 3000 FEET. SEE THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR ANY MODIFICATIONS PER THE GAS TYPE USED BY THE APPLIANCE. DO NOT LIGHT APPLIANCE PILOT LIGHT(S) UNTIL EACH APPLIANCE HAS BEEN CHECKED, THE ROOF JACK (VENT) HAS BEEN INSTALLED (IF APPLICABLE), AND ALL GAS UTILITY CONNECTIONS HAVE BEEN MADE AND TESTED. 1. To check the gas system for leaks, first close all appliance controls and all appliance pilot light valves (see appliance instructions included in the home or posted on the appliance). 2. Open the gas shutoff valve on the supply line to each appliance: 3. Attach an ounce gauge on the main gas inlet to the home. ` 4. Carefully pressurize the system to not more than 8 ounces of pressure. CAUTION . DO NOT PRESSURIZE THE GAS LINE IN EXCESS OF 8 OUNCES MAXIMUM TO AVOID POSSIBLE DAMAGE TO GAS VALVES AND REGULATORS. 5. Apply an ammonia -free soapy water or bubble solution to the joints at both ends of the appliance connector. If bubbles form, tighten connection until there are no more bubbles. CAUTION DO NOT USE SOLUTION CONTAINING AMMONIA TO BUBBLE CHECK COPPER OR BRASS FITTINGS. After completion of test, connect home gas inlet to gas supply line. Use a listed gas connection and make sure the capacity is the same as indicated on the label by the gas inlet. Check the inlet connection for leaks per step 5 above. WATER SYSTEM TEST PROCEDURES The water system test must be made after any water crossovers are connected. Fill the water distribution system with water and bleed all air from the highest and farthest points of the system. Use a hydrostatic pump, valve, and gauge to pressurize the, water lines to 100 pounds per square inch (psi). Verify that the pressure remains for a period of 15 minutes without loss. This test is recommended to be conducted after power and / or water are connected to the home. First complete the Water System Connection and / or Electrical System Test Procedures. \ WARNING: IT IS NOT SAFE TO FILL THE WATER HEATER TANK WITH HIGH PRESSURE AIR ONLY. DISCONNECT WATER HEATER FROM WATER SYSTEM BY CONNECTING THE HOT AND COLD WATER LINES TOGETHER, OR FILL WATER HEATER TANK WITH WATER BEFORE PRESSURIZING THE WATER LINES WITH AIR. THIS PROCEDURE WILL PROTECT THE APPLIANCE FROM DAMAGE AND PROTECT THOSE INVOLVED IN THE TEST FROM POSSIBLE INJURY. Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 N4c FLEE7WO D Page 66 ° Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM TEST PROCEDURES Perform the following tests after electrical connections to the home are complete. Perform the ground continuity test before turning on the electrical power to the home, and perform the polarity and operation tests after the electrical power is turned on. 1) Before turning "ON" the main circuit breaker, proceed as follows: A Connect one clip of a flashlight continuity tester to a convenient ground and touch the other clip to each light fixture canopy. The continuity light should come on if each fixture is properly grounded. B Using the continuity tester, check every direct -connected appliance or fan. Be sure the tester is hooked to a convenient ground and to the metal frame of the appliance. C Using the continuity tester, check the continuity between the chassis frame and a. Metal gas piping. b. Metal water piping. C. Metal raceway below main electrical panel box. d. Between one riser of heat duct and convenient ground. D Investigate and correct any loss of grounding continuity. NOTE: CONTINUITY TO GROUND IS NOT REQUIRED ON METAL INLET OF PLASTIC PIPED WATER SYSTEM. WHEN PLUMBING FIXTURES SUCH AS METALLIC SINKS, TUBS, FAUCETS AND SHOWER RISERS ARE CONNECTED ONLY TO PLASTIC WATER PIPING AND PLASTIC DRAIN PIPING, CONTINUITY TO GROUND IS NOT REQUIRED. 2. Tum "ON" the main circuit breaker and each individual circuit breaker. CAUTION A LABEL HAS BEEN PLACED ON OR OVER THE ELECTRICAL WATER HEATER BREAKER IN THE MAIN PANEL BOX. MAKE SURE THE WATER HEATER TANK IS FILLED WITH WATER BEFORE TURNING THE BREAKER TO THE "ON" POSITION. FAILURE TO DO SO WILL CAUSE THE WATER HEATING ELEMENT TO OVERHEAT AND FAIL. THIS ITEM IS NOT COVERED BY THE HOME WARRANTY. Proceed as follows: A Plug an AC receptacle wiring tester into each receptacle in the home to check for reversed polarity, open grounds and shorts. B Investigate and repair any reverse polarity, open grounds, or shorts that are found. C Install light bulbs and fluorescent tubes if not already installed. Make sure each light fixture is operable by turning the appropriate switch to "ON" position. D Repair or replace any defective items. DRAIN SYSTEM TEST PROCEDURES 'The completed drain waste system should be'subjected to a flood level test as follows: 1. Be sure the home is level, all fixtures are connected, and the plug or cap is installed at the outlet. Fill entire system with water to the rim of the water closet (toilet). Make sure tub and shower drains are plugged. 2. After all trapped air has been released, maintain the test for not less than 15 minutes to be certain there are no leaks. If leaks are found, make necessary repairs and test again for not less than 15 minutes. If no leaks are found, unplug the system at the outlet and drain the water from the. system. , 3. Test items higher than the water closet (toilet), such as kitchen sink and lavatory, by filling with water and then emptying As water drains, check to be sure there are no leaks in drain piping. Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 �'FLEETWO��D, . Page .67 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. SMOKE ALARM CIRCUIT CROSSOVER CONNECTION 1. All smoke alarm circuit crossover connections will be found in one of the labeled electrical crossover accesses. 2. The crossover connectors are a 4 -wire non-metallic sheathed cable splice device. 3. Identify the two connectors and plug them together. 4. After all crossover wiring connections have been completed and the access cover replaced, the smoke alarm system must be tested to confirm power supply to it and continuity of the signal circuit. A green light illuminated on the cover of each smoke alarm will indicate 120v power supply to it. Depress the test button of any smoke alarm in the system and verify that that particular alarm will sound and will trigger all other alarms in the home. Repeat the operational test from each alarm station in the home. SEE ALTERNATE CROSSOVER BELOW ALTERNATE SMOKE ALARM CROSSOVER CONNECTION APPROVED CONNECTORS GROUND LUG (METAL BOXES ONLY) 1. Each access panel is labeled: REMOVE ACCESS FOR ELECTRICAL 2. Remove access panels exposing boxes on one section and coiled wire from opposite section. 3. Remove blank covers from boxes exposing wiring with approved connectors attached. 4. Wiring on both sections are identified by like colors for correct connection of circuits. 5. Remove the wire connectors from the wiring in the boxes and connect the same colored circuits together. (Use knock outs and approved clamps to enter boxes and secure wires). Secure wiring entering the boxes within 8" of the box with Romex staple. 6. When all connections have been made, replace the blank covers on all boxes, reposition floor insulation and replace the access panels. APPROVED PLASTIC OR METAL BOX (TYPICAL) CLAMPS PER TYPE BOX USED (TYPICAL) Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 NVZ;-FLEE7W000, Page 68 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. NOTES Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1. NV FLEE7WQOD, Page 69 Copyright 02004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. NOTES Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 NWVFLEEIWa1DD, Page 70 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. NOTES Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 N FLEETWOOD, Page 71 Copyright 0 2004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. i j 3 Y Home Installation Manual Calculation Index This is a partial list of approved calculations used in preparation of this manual Calc. No. Description 0022066 Multi -Wide Close -Up, WZ-1 0022117 Multi -Wide Anchoring, WZ-1 0022123 Main Beam Footings, over 16" 0022123 Main Beam Bending Check (pages 3-5) 0022127 Main Beam Footings, Standard Sizes 0022130 Perimeter Footings 0022134 Marriage Footings 0022135 Footing Strength Check 0022169 Opposite (Second) Beam Anchoring 0022170 TJI Ridgebeam Close-up Multiple Section Installation Manual for WZ-1 FLEET 0W. Page 72 Copyright 02004 by Fleetwood Enterprises Inc. Index of Supplemental Instructions e. v 0 ,v �- a LA,6 P�� OF 1 G =� GENTER woo� y�FT 13AIZ _—, woo v "" a'_ dBPL N pEGHt�.G �. vv 0 1 6000 a„ .e• COO .00M .v v v v "°" 0-0 000 7-11 Q0�1 FLEETWOOD ENTERPRISES,iINC.''RIVERSIDE;�CA 92513-7638 4 100.7.078"Priinwd-in U576/04. SITE PLAN. . - .. .. .. - .. ............ .. .. .. - t .r1 .r �l 061 jr_ X56�TYiv'POR Ch� Assessor's Parcel Number Fol. L2-1 ® m 0 FYI M 0 L7J Scale: 'l" = g0 er Name il//e/��LA�S �L ZjfiNG£ -rae Address / Phone No. ' S3U_PPzf A -4z ARenfl /?D ' � 2,' O 9 l 3 She Locators Contact Name �'1d�71,�'h�i!J,�3 � c�'�3 Phone gA5-4 920 FOR OFFICE USE ONLY Zdning: General Plan- ®esig: Size, ACs 4.0T ` PRy0�; WE FOR ALL A®J AG04T PARCELS SIZ (A 1 7 ®49 ,V`��eA ENT ---T-- USES: 41. SITE THE 2001 CBC, CMC, CPC, 2004 CEC, AND 2005 __._... -STANDARDS .-..._.. - - . - - - _ .. _ .. - - ---- ---- - - - - - 7----: .....__ .. _ _ . - ----------- _ - - - -- - = �_ ,r.._._......_.:-- .. •� _ - .......^ � I ION APPLY -TO THIS ... ._ - — .. : AS AMENDED _ -I JURISDICTION PROJECT.____ APPROVED PLANS AND PERMIT SHALL BE ON SITE FOR ALL - INSPECTIONS - OBTAIN APPROVAL FROM %-•-- _ STATE OF CALIFORNIA FOR STRUCTURE ATTACHED TO MANUFACTURED HOME ALL COVERED DECKS AND OPEN DECKS EXCEEDING 36 SQUARE FEET IN AREA WILL rCALIFORNIA CODE OF REQUIRE A BUILDING PERMIT .Q REGULATIONS TITLE 25 REQUIREMENTS AS AMENDED i—•-•= BY THE JURISDICTION APPLY TO THIS PROJECT ' '( •(�s„V LANDING AT EXTERIOR / DOORS SHALL COMPLY lf WITH CBC SECTIONS A ��2c- q•/ /YIn.Jv`.4C'i ✓k' >•: --- 1003.3 & 1003.3-1.7 4C r0A let BUILDING PERMIT# 0.7— _... i ASSESSOR'S _ PARCEL# _ 02t; •- Q q0 o7 o D VISI N • BUILDNG PLAN 1 :...__ ,. gg BUTT � U ��� �---- �-? Date: � � �► h �,, --% "oJ L J �, l harking: landscaping: „ I _ 1'' ..... _ n /.OXZ%d ?77vjj)ZL' (7/262X���Y✓/T/'7I /v�PDDge� APPI a4��f S19nature, ssessaft Parcel Number D u ®o � 0 � m Lel � � ��le: 9°' 90 ler NameN/ et��LA�S �C � i jfiNG SA, �rce �ddrrss J Phone No. -(e93 0 UP L�I�' Pj M—wfl xD , , 090 .3 re Location entact:Name* Jd�J'hl�/�,� L'�3 Phel�e. 9,65-,I> 92p FOR OFFICE USE ONL�,' - PRO MDR FOR ALL . Genera! Plan:Deslg: FILE COPY Size, Ams FILE COPY/ -OWNER rbee,/VGCA y --- APN i SITE PLAN o� ............ .....:............................. ...... .................. .. .. .. ............................................ ...<.....:. <.....: ................... ... .. .. .. .. .. .. ..:...:...:.. . . ..:.. ..:.. or 1X .. .. . LAC'l o ............ .. ..... ::: .......... :l:: :: ........ .. . ............. —�. xcs eiV , .......:....:...... : ! .. .. ............ ............. ................... .. .. .. .. .. . ... .. .. ........;. — .. � ... �,Q ICC =� �' i� �_6. : - -a ............................ .. .. .. ........, .... .. .: ......................._.. .. ..: ate....... s i. .. ....Pw.rvl.. .. M �c �I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .......... .. .. .. .......................................... .. .. .. .. ... ; :.....:...... ` ................. . ..................................... 2..9 .............. .. .......................... ....:..... ............ :.................. .. .. . .. v............ �......:..... ........................... ................................ .. ............. ....; .. . :............... ............. ...._ ...:................................... . .........................:........................ ............... ... _.................. _.................. ............. ............ ...... ............ :...... ............ ...... ............. {...... ............. ...... ................... ;..... Q .: .. :.....:.Q�......:..........:............. E....... _..... =...... ....._... ;................i......:.....:......:......:..�;ar .. .. .. ""�,� ........................ . ............ ___..�.. w...... ....... -- = ..... ................ .. .. .. .. PLANNING DIVIPO - St�ILDI� k A14AP-PR0VAJ'L. ...... .. . .. ;... . ,......,.... ;.. Use: Date: .- .. .. ....' .. Parking: : Land**mpirag: (�ttier ... .. .. ................... ............................. signc,re :.........:..........:............ ............ :...... ......;.....;...... ;..... ................. ....:. ..: . ............. .. .. ............. .. .. ............. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ..I.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ............... ............. ................ _..,.................... ,..................... ..................... ............... .......... ...... :.....::..................:......:.............................................._.....:......:.........................._..................._....._............._..................._..........---•........ ..... .................... _............... .................................................................................... . Assessor's Parcel Number. ;.Owner Named 1 L Address / Phone No. Site Location Contact: Name 09[61 _ 00[0-1 " N0® Scale: 1"= 50 Phone 60 G5Bd E��2 �'�D% Od06.�•�� FOR OFFICE USE ONLY Zoning: General Plan Desig: Size, Acres i PROVIDE FOR ALL ADJACENT PARCELS SIZE .(AC): _ ZONING: GEN PLAN: — USES.: — SITE PIAN .. .. .... .... .. .. ..........:.....:......:...........�............... ..;.. ;.. v .. :. ... ......:...... ..:..... .: ...:.... . . ... .. .. .. .............................., .. , .:.. : .....:......:....:...:.. ........ . .. �...... _... .. .. .. .. .. ....................:...........:......;............;.... ...;..... CALIFORNIA CODE of .... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .,. .;... i• EP...;.. ..... . . ..... ..... ..... .... RE REGULATIONS TL by .. .. .. _.v �l . Requirements amended the ... .. ... ........ ....:...... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. :' isdiction aPP1 to this project .. .. .. •• .:......:....;. Jur 1 t� �1 .I.. �3IF : _ I .......................................:.. - .....: .. i • : : : .. _ ..:.. .:.. ..:.. .:.. ..:.. ..:. .:.. : /�.,�/• .. .. i+y� �,/�� :. �. �l �: ►� /SMP........... :.............. .. .. .. .......,. ;► N �. �..... ti R�C.�1/ .. .. v . . . :.1..... p,v --.... .. .. ..... ...... -, ` �: . ..................:............................: :.....................................-:...--..................................... , A .............. 5 L E,t1 .. P0.f-1 .. It..:pl,e,N AF?PRC3�f ►� . . 5.......... N �r ......... . ....... - ........Use ................................... .. .. .. .. ;.. ;.. ;.. ;.. r��cGin �ntiscaF!n8:;.. ....................................:. ;. ;.. g' ;...;.. .. .. .. .. ,..... . .. r • atuM: ' ....a - Si... .. .. .. .. - :;y. IN -- -- i... .. .. ... .. .. .. . ,�r" 1nJ,� �.... .. .. .. ..................... .. .. .. ...,.lilz �-..- 8: X J .. .. .. .. .. .. .. ... ........................ .. .. .. ... .. ... .. .. .. A.; i.. !�.. �.. �.. .. .l.. i ........................... .. .. ... ........................ .. .. .. .. ... �;... . ... ............._..,...................,........................................................;...._.;. :.. .. :.. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. Assessor's Parcel Number. Owner Name I Address / Phone No. G- 3-0 Site Location Contact: Name DRAW 00% " 0[�]® Scale: 111= 50 Phone (OW &e W 67 !a-1:?a! 0I -- odob� 71.2Ma FOR OFFICE USE ONLY Zoning: General Plan Desig: Size, Acres a oo^ PROVIDE FOR ALL ADJACENT PARCELS SIZE (AC): ZONING: - GEN PLAN: — USES: —